-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, NkwPjEi5/6UfxCUSuDY7vVWLgRqT7wsr1aV9kKMfXq8l4+CAf6aTdwr3k1wLA8Q8 KHvd/7xMPnyWkqxfTruQhg== 0001104659-05-043746.txt : 20050912 0001104659-05-043746.hdr.sgml : 20050912 20050912172041 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001104659-05-043746 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 8 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20050630 FILED AS OF DATE: 20050912 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20050912 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: SYMMETRICOM INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000082628 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: TELEPHONE & TELEGRAPH APPARATUS [3661] IRS NUMBER: 951906306 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 0630 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 000-02287 FILM NUMBER: 051080598 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 2300 ORCHARD PARKWAY CITY: SAN JOSE STATE: CA ZIP: 95131-1017 BUSINESS PHONE: 408-433-0910 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 2300 ORCHARD PARKWAY CITY: SAN JOSE STATE: CA ZIP: 95131-1017 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: SILICON GENERAL INC DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 19920703 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: REDCOR CORP DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 19820720 10-K 1 a05-13094_110k.htm 10-K

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K

x

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005

or

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from                 to                

Commission file number 0-02287


SYMMETRICOM, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

No. 95-1906306

(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

2300 Orchard Parkway,
San Jose, California

95131-1017

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

(Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (408) 433-0910

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Common Stock, $0.0001 Par Value

Series A Participating Preferred Stock Purchase Rights
(Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   Yes x   No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§29.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).   Yes x   No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).   Yes o   No x

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, computed by reference to the closing price at which the Common Stock was sold on December 31, 2004, as reported on the Nasdaq National Market was approximately $443,840,284. This calculation does not reflect a determination that such persons are affiliates of the Registrant for any other purpose.

As of August 31, 2005, there were approximately 46,453,761 shares of Registrant’s Common Stock outstanding.

Portions of the Proxy Statement for the Registrant’s 2005 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.

 




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
FORM 10-K
For the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2005
INDEX

 

 

 

Page

PART I

Item 1.

 

Business

 

3

Item 2.

 

Properties

 

14

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

14

Item 4.

 

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

 

15

PART II

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant’s Common Stock, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

16

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

 

17

Item 7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation 

 

18

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

48

Item 8.

 

Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

50

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

87

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

 

87

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

 

89

PART III

Item 10.

 

Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

 

89

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

 

89

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

89

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

89

Item 14.

 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

 

89

PART IV

Item 15.

 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

90

 

 

Signatures

 

96

 

2




PART I

FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

When used in this discussion, the words “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “believes,” “plans,” “will,” “intend,” “can” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected.

These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to risks relating to general economic conditions in the markets we address and the telecommunications market in general, risks related to the development of our new products and services, the effects of competition and competitive pricing pressure, uncertainties associated with changing intellectual property laws, developments in and expenses related to litigation, increased competition in our markets, inability to obtain sufficient amounts of key components, the rescheduling or cancellations of key customer orders, the loss of a key customer, the effects of new and emerging technologies, the risk that excess inventory may result in write-offs, price erosion and decreased demand, fluctuations in the rate of exchange of foreign currency, changes in our effective tax rate, market acceptance of our new products and services, technological advancements, undetected errors or defects in our products, the risks associated with our international sales, geopolitical risks and risk of terrorist activities, the risks associated with attempting to integrate other companies we acquire, and the risks set forth below under Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors That May Affect Results.”

These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date hereof. We expressly disclaim any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect any change in our expectations with regard thereto or any change in events, conditions or circumstances or on which any such statement is based.

In the sections of this report entitled “Business” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors That May Affect Results,” all references to “Symmetricom,” “we,” “us,” and “our” mean Symmetricom, Inc. and its subsidiaries, except where it is made clear that the term means only the parent company.

TimeSource, SMARTCLOCK, BesTime, GoLong, GoWide, TimeHub, TimePictra, TimeCesium, TimeProvider and TimeScan are our trademarks. We also refer to trademarks of other corporations and organizations in this document.

Item 1.                        Business

See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Risk Factors That May Impact Future Operating Results” for risk factors that may adversely affect Symmetricom.

Overview

Symmetricom is a leading supplier of synchronization and timing products of communications service providers, network equipment manufactures, U.S. Department of Defense (DOD), aerospace contractors, enterprises, governments and research facilities. We supply solutions for customers who demand reliable “carrier class” products and engineering expertise in a variety of applications, including network synchronization, timing, frequency generation and distribution, testing, management, verification and/or the measurement of a time and frequency-based signal. We design and manufacture timing solutions for the U.S. aerospace industry, precision references for global communications, telecom synchronization management systems, secure GPS time for the U.S. government, rubidium clocks, cesium clocks, and network timeservers. Our products include synchronization network elements, and timing elements wireline, cable and wireless networks as well as the provision of professional services. Our products play an essential role in network reliability, and quality of service for wireline, cable and wireless communication

3




networks, enabling our customers to increase performance, minimize service interruptions, and provide seamless voice, video and data services efficiently in their network infrastructure.

Integration of TrueTime, Inc. and Datum Inc.

In October 2002, we completed the acquisitions of TrueTime, Inc. (“TrueTime”) and Datum Inc. (“Datum”). The acquisition of TrueTime added global positioning system (GPS)-based technology and products and gave us an opportunity to expand our customer base, add new distribution channels and strengthen our competitive position in both the government and commercial markets. The acquisition of Datum added technical expertise in atomic clock technologies, provided additional vertical manufacturing capabilities, and expanded our suite of products while also providing a larger, more diverse customer base. We spent considerable time and resources during fiscal 2003 and the first half of fiscal 2004 to integrate the operations of TrueTime and Datum, and began to realize synergies from these acquisitions in the second half of fiscal 2004. The financial results of these synergies are explained in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Reportable Segments

Subsequent to our acquisitions of TrueTime and Datum, we reorganized our structure and now have a total of five reportable segments. There are four reportable segments within the Telecom Solutions Division: Wireline Products, Wireless/OEM (original equipment manufacturer) Products, Global Services and Specialty Manufacturing/Other. The fifth reportable segment is our Timing, Test and Measurement Division. Information as to net revenue and gross profit margin attributable to each of our reportable segments for each year in the three-year period ended June 30, 2005, is contained in Note N of our notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Telecom Solutions Division

Our network solutions synchronize the flow of information (such as voice, video and data) in telecommunications networks. As an innovator in the development of synchronization equipment and solutions, we continue to pioneer the development of time and frequency protocols and distribution, as well as innovation of cesium tubes, rubidium oscillators and hydrogen masers. We hold significant patent portfolios in advanced control algorithms and implementations using the Global Positioning System (GPS), DOCSISTM Timing Interface (DTI) and Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA). Our technology improves the performance, reliability and operability of the telecommunication infrastructure. In fiscal 2005, we actively participated in the modernization of several synchronization networks with certain service providers, and helped others to develop future plans for such efforts. The carriers and operators are being driven by network economics and competitive forces to evolve their network infrastructure toward integrated transmission and switching functions and packet-based technologies. We believe this evolutionary trend, in turn, demands a more intelligent and reliable synchronization infrastructure. Symmetricom played a leading role in the specification process at CableLabsTM where the next generation of cable services and infrastructure are defined. In this effort Symmetricom contributed technology and expertise to specify the first standardized time and frequency synchronization standard in a next generation packet network. We continue to build a strong portfolio of precise time and frequency solutions and address the growing synchronization requirements of all layers of the existing circuit switched network and next generation packet networks.

The Global Services segment provides services for all our product lines and continued growing its business during this fiscal year by expanding its product offerings for the Telecom Solutions Division with innovative new services such as Sync Office Audits and Spares Support. Symmetricom continues to add new customers globally and work closely with existing customers to deliver service products customized to meet their needs.

4




Timing, Test and Measurement Division

Our Timing, Test and Measurement Division provides precision time and frequency instruments and reference standards for a wide variety of applications to the aerospace, defense, enterprise, test and measurement marketplaces. Products include synchronized clocks, network timeservers, network displays, time code generators, computer plug-in cards and primary reference standards such as Cesium Frequency Standards and Active Hydrogen Masers. Customer applications include frequency and time synchronization, synchronizing computer networks and calibration of lab equipment. To support both a diverse customer and product base, the division has built strong application engineering capabilities that allow us to tailor our standard product platforms to our customers’ unique system requirements.

During the past fiscal year, the division continued its strong emphasis on government program business and successfully won approximately seven major opportunities in government secure fixed communications, secure mobile communications and air traffic control. Key customers included Lockheed Martin, Raytheon, Northrop Grumman, Boeing, DISA and various military procurement and service agencies. We also significantly grew our international business with an emphasis on enterprise network timeservers. New products introduced during the year included a new line of universal-signaling time and frequency boards, the 8040C rubidium frequency reference, several new options for our flagship XLi platform, including the XLi SAASM, which opened the door to Symmetricom addressing the next generation of secure GPS requirements, the XL-GPS mid-range receiver, and the XL-750 which is a targeted product for the Power Utilities industry.

General Information

Symmetricom was incorporated in California in 1956 and reincorporated in Delaware in 2002. Our principal executive offices are located at 2300 Orchard Parkway, San Jose, California 95131-1017, and our telephone number is (408) 433-0910.

We maintain a website located at www.symmetricom.com. We make available, free of charge on or through our website, our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as practical after we electronically file such material, or furnish it, to the SEC. Information contained or referenced on our website is not incorporated by reference into and does not form a part of this Form 10-K.

Industry Background

The markets served by Symmetricom include: wireline and cable infrastructure, OEM telecommunications synchronization, broadband access and timing, test and measurement instrumentation for aerospace, defense, enterprise and power utilities.

The past several fiscal years have posed a tremendous challenge to the telecommunications industry. Carriers and service providers have struggled with rapid changes in their customer base, high customer turnover, competition, evolving business models, continuing changes in the regulatory environment and changing service demands. Carriers and service providers continue to scrutinize their capital expenditures closely and continue to focus on leveraging their investments. In this environment, efficient use of the existing infrastructure becomes critical to the service provider’s success.

The time and frequency industry may be divided into the following markets: wireline infrastructure (systems), cable infrastructure (systems), Wireless/OEM products, specialty manufacturing/other and timing, test and measurement.

5




Wireline Infrastructure (Systems) Market

The wireline infrastructure market includes local, long distance and international telecommunications service providers and carriers. Customers in this market include worldwide public network providers, incumbent local exchange carriers (ILECs), public telephone and telegraph companies (PTTs), competitive local exchange carriers (CLECs), and other telephone companies. Demand from most of this sector has declined over the past several fiscal years as network service providers continue to decrease their capital spending. In the United States, there is continued uncertainty regarding telecommunication de-regulation policies, and we believe this uncertain environment has contributed to the reduced spending by service providers. We believe that the need to make networks efficient, the need for greater reliability and the demand for better quality of service in the infrastructure may enhance the need for synchronization over the long-term. Further, new packet technologies may require new or enhanced synchronization technologies and protocols in networks. As these new technologies are deployed, we expect to see increasing demand for synchronization. However, the adoption of such new technologies may occur slowly.

Wireless/OEM Products Market

Symmetricom’s Wireless/OEM products market consists of wireless and broadband access. Wireless telecommunications networks consist of numerous cells located throughout a service area. In a wireless network, calls are segmented, transmitted over the air, and reassembled by a receiver within the network. In certain wireless technologies, lack of proper synchronization may result in signal degradation and dropped calls and loss of data, thereby decreasing network efficiency and capacity. Furthermore, certain engineering requirements demand a high level of synchronization to support a greater number of callers simultaneously. Currently the next generation wireless base stations supporting 3G is the target market for our OEM technology and products. Historically our wireless business has generated lower margins than our wireline business. As previously discussed, the cable market has an emerging synchronization requirement. This requirement not only defines systems, but also embedded clients to receive synchronization signals. While these interfaces have been standardized in the cable market, Symmetricom markets its embedded implementations to receive and process these signals in a cable vendor’s equipment.

Broadband access is another part of our Wireless/OEM products segment. The demand for bandwidth from businesses continues to grow steadily, and broadband service providers have focused on meeting the increased demand by more efficiently utilizing their existing infrastructure. Symmetricom’s GoWide family of broadband access products allows carriers to offer enhanced high-speed data services to their business customers through their existing DSL infrastructure. Currently, our G.shdsl products serve a niche market primarily deployed in Europe.

Specialty Manufacturing Market

Our production facility in Puerto Rico is outfitted to provide specialty (contract) manufacturing to select clients. Customers in this market are mainly from the semiconductor and medical industries. The purchase volume of our customers was consistent throughout fiscal 2005. The gross margin of these contract-manufacturing arrangements is typically lower than the margin in our other business.

Timing, Test and Measurement Market

Time and frequency instruments are important for expanding government communications systems of wireline, wireless, satellite and computer network technologies, as well as for synchronizing critical infrastructures such as U.S. power generation and the distribution grid. The increase in demand for precision timing is due in part to the growth in public sector communications and computer network systems worldwide. Growth in data, voice and video transmissions on these networks is anticipated to lead to an increased demand for substantial bandwidth compared to traditional voice traffic. We believe that

6




these trends will lead to increased demand for precision time and frequency products, which synchronize these networks. In addition, we believe the network centric activities within private and public businesses that are installing, growing or maintaining Internet Protocol networks of computer servers and clients may also drive growth in the demand for time and frequency products. Information control in the network, as well as applications support requiring synchronized time-of-day on a secure IP infrastructure, are driving the implementation of accurate network time appliances on the network. We believe these trends will continue and will drive future growth in the demand for network based time and frequency products and services.

Products

We provide infrastructure solutions for the global communications market. We are a leading provider of precise synchronization, timing and frequency solutions. The following discussion includes products from each of our five reportable segments: Wireline products, Wireless/OEM products, Global Services, Specialty Manufacturing/Other and Timing, Test and Measurement products.

Wireline Products

The telecommunications network consists of a series of interconnected switching equipment and other components that route information (i.e., voice, video, data, etc.) throughout the network. For these networks to function efficiently, it is essential that each network be synchronized and individual nodes within the network operate within precise tolerances. Precision synchronization equipment throughout these networks provides a frequency and/or time reference to enable digital switching, routing and transmission systems to operate at a common, synchronized clock rate, thereby aligning timeslots which increase bandwidth utilization while minimizing signal degradation and reducing errors throughout a network.

Our core system products are built on atomic clock (such as cesium and rubidium) and GPS technologies. The products belong to one of four classes:

·       Primary Reference Sources (PRS)—consists of the GPS-based Time Source family, and the cesium-based Time Cesium.

·       Building Integrated Timing Supplies (BITS) or Synchronization Supply Units (SSUs)—consists of the versatile SSU 2000 and the carrier class TimeHub, both intelligent sync distribution systems.

·       Next Generation Timing Sources—consists of TimeProvider, the industry’s first node clock (hybrid SSU & PRS), and other products currently under development to address emerging needs in the wireline and cable markets.

·       Element Management Systems—consists of TimePictra, the carrier class HP-UX based system, and TimeScan, the PC-based system.

Wireless/OEM Products

The primary use of our wireless products is in wireless base stations. Base stations are the infrastructure equipment used in all cellular and personal communication services worldwide. Many of the wireless technologies used today require high precision frequency and timing information to operate their services.

Our component and sub-system (module) products deliver stable timing to wireless base stations using a combination of GPS receivers for timing distribution, high precision quartz oscillators and rubidium atomic oscillators. Their use depends on the specific cellular technology such as CDMA2000 or Wideband CDMA and the governing standards that apply. For example, in CDMA, most manufacturers require GPS

7




for every base station with either a high performance quartz or rubidium oscillator. In addition, enhanced 911 (E911) services, which include wireless location technology helping emergency services personnel locate and provide assistance to wireless 911 callers much more quickly, and similar location based services require technology that utilizes accurate timing (typically derived from GPS) for the location measurement unit (LMU) products.

These solutions are also available to other communication applications requiring high precision frequency and timing information, such as digital television transmission, high definition television, and instrumentation.

Specific products we provide are:

·       Rubidium atomic oscillators with various performance levels.

·       GPS accessory components, which include receiving antennas, timing antennas, splitters, amplifiers, and lightning protectors.

·       Sub-system cards or modules used within another manufacturer’s equipment such as wireless base stations or broadband wireless solutions. These are customized for each manufacturer, using a combination of GPS, quartz oscillators, rubidium atomic oscillators, input/output signals and control algorithms. Some of the control algorithms are contained in our BesTime technology.

·       Another product family within Wireless/OEM Products is our broadband access products family. Incumbent carriers are moving transport of traditional data services away from legacy equipment to new infrastructure equipment in order to lower their operational costs. Alternate carriers are moving to deliver cost effective competitive services over their ATM-based Digital Subscriber Line Access Multiplexers (DSLAMs).

·       Our GoWide 2.3, 4.6, 9.2 and 18.4 Symmetrical High-speed Digital Subscriber Line (SHDSL) modems portfolio offers higher data rates, greater reach and enhanced spectral compatibility when compared to legacy transport technologies. These products deliver high speeds by bundling multiple DSL links, and focus on circuit emulation applications. In addition, our GoWide network termination units provide private line and frame relay services over SHDSL utilizing the carrier’s ATM network.

·       Carriers choosing SHDSL to deploy services delivering higher symmetrical-speeds, enhanced routing and security capabilities are all potential users of GoWide. These products deliver high value features demanded by small to medium sized businesses requiring increased data bandwidth. Currently, deployment of our broadband products has been primarily in Europe and acceptance of G.shdsl has been slow in the U.S.

Global Services

Our Global Services organization provides lifecycle services for all Symmetricom product lines. Services products fall into five main categories:

·       Engineering and installation—Our engineering and installation services help customers implement new Symmetricom product purchases.

·       Operations and support programs—Our operations and support programs such as Sync Office Audits assist customers in maintenance of their sync networks, help ensure power and alarm diversity to avoid service outages and identify system capacity.

8




·       Maintenance—Our maintenance offerings are designed to help customers minimize staff and expenses necessary for ongoing support of their Symmetricom products. These include 24 x 7 technical support, traditional return-to-factory repair services and on-site repair labor. Innovative new offerings such as our Spares Support contract are proving to be an attractive alternative to traditional spares and repair programs.

·       Training, certification programs and professional development courses—Our training courses enable customer personnel to successfully utilize and maintain our products. These programs are also available under license for customers who maintain their own training centers.

·       Consulting and other professional services—Our consulting services assist customers in planning new sync networks and developing growth or disaster recovery plans for existing sync networks.

Specialty Manufacturing/Other Products

Our services and products can vary according to client specifications. We normally manufacture semiconductor equipment. Also included in this segment are any products that are not specifically allocable to another division.

Timing, Test and Measurement Products

We offer a wide variety of precision time and frequency products sold primarily to the aerospace/defense, government and public sector. These products can generally be divided into the following broad categories:

·       Precise Time and Frequency Products—We manufacture precision time products that allow our customers to keep accurate time within 40 billionths of a second in a 24-hour period. In many ways, our precise time products are similar to clocks and stopwatches—our clocks tell us the time of day and allow us to measure the time interval between when an event starts and when it stops. The difference between conventional time measuring devices and our precise time products lies in the accuracy of the measurements. To place the accuracy of our clocks in perspective, a clock, which accumulates a 40 billionth of a second time error over a 24-hour period, will require more than 500,000 years to accumulate an error of one second.

Quartz-based clocks are subject to numerous physical factors that affect the overall clock accuracy and stability, including temperature changes and aging. We rely upon GPS as a timing reference for continuously disciplining our oscillators, the fundamental component that determines the accuracy of our time and frequency products. .

·       Computer Plug-In Cards—We manufacture a broad line of precision timing products in the form of plug-in cards for computers. These cards provide precise timing capabilities to computers equipped with common bus components. Aside from providing accurate time measurement, these cards can provide a variety of time and frequency and other time outputs and functions, as well as time transfer for synchronization. Currently, plug-in cards connected by cables provide an easy and accurate way to synchronize the clocks of two or more computers. We also offer software development tools to speed the integration of these cards into software applications, which may save software developers significant time and money.

·       Computer Network Time Servers—We manufacture several products for computer network time distribution. These products provide an extremely powerful and efficient manner in which to bring entire networks of computers into precise time synchronization. Designated computers run programs in the background that periodically adjust the time of each local computer to that of the network time server. As a result, we believe that network synchronization of thousands of computers to an accuracy of a second or less is achievable using these products. With the pervasive

9




growth of the Internet and e-commerce and increasing electronic transactions, we believe that the demand for such synchronization products will increase.

·       Time Code Products—We offer a wide variety of time code generation, translation and synchronization products, including timing output options for our precise clocks. A time code is a data format for recording and processing time measurements. Time codes arose from the need to synchronize the instruments used to monitor the many aspects of a real time weapons test and to share the collected data with others monitoring the same test at different locations. Time codes provide the digital data format necessary for computers to transfer and correlate encoded time data among computers in a highly accurate manner.

·       Time Displays—These one-half-inch to four-inch light-emitting diode, or LED displays, often present a variety of information including the time of day, frequency information regarding system electrical current, or “countdown-to-launch” arrays. In many cases, the display is sold as an accessory to a precision clock to display the precise time in an instrument rack or control room.

·       Precision Frequency References—Precision Frequency References form the basis of absolute time and frequency in many systems and applications. Our products include active hydrogen masers, cesium frequency standards, rubidium frequency standards and quartz frequency standards. Our primary reference source instruments provide stand-alone dependability, ease of use, and ease of installation that make them suitable for the critical time or frequency systems found in telecommunications timing, calibration and metrology laboratories, satellite tracking stations and space-based master time standards.

·       Space, Defense and Avionics—We offer products and programs that use cesium, rubidium and quartz technologies for a wide range of uses, whether it is a defense related mobile terrestrial or airborne platform, or a satellite platform in space. We provide ruggedized and militarized quartz and atomic clock platforms for the most demanding military satellite applications. For applications such as FA-22 Raptor and F-35 Joint Strike Fighter planes, our designs are vibration isolated with low-acceleration sensitivity. For space applications such as GPS, where there is a high degree of exposure to radiation, our products are protected by radiation-hardened designs. Small size, low power demand, fast warm-up capability, superior stability and superior spectral purity make these devices suitable for critical and tactical aerospace applications like radio navigation, satellite transmission and tracking and guidance systems.

Sales, Sales Services and Marketing

We sell our products directly to customers and through domestic and international distributors and systems integrators. In the United States, our wireline, cable, wireless and broadband access products are primarily sold through our own sales force to ILECs, PTTs, CLECs, other telephone companies, wireless service providers, cable television operators, Internet Service Providers (ISPs) and OEMs. Our instrumentation products are primarily sold through manufacturer sales representatives, and our enterprise products are sold through an internal telesales channel.

Internationally, we market and sell our products through our sales force, independent sales representatives, distributors and system integrators. As of June 30, 2005, we employed a sales, sales service, and marketing force of 125 people, including 95 employees in domestic sales, 9 employees in international sales and 21 employees in marketing.

Licenses, Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights

We use a combination of trademark rights, copyrights and patent rights, as well as associated registrations, contractual restrictions and internal security to establish and protect our proprietary rights.

10




As of June 30, 2005, we had 45 United States patents, of which 39 are active and more than 20 pending patent applications covering certain technology used by our operations. The 39 United States patents issued expire between July 2005 and August 2022. In addition, we use technology licensed from others. We believe that our patents have value, but we rely primarily on innovation, technological expertise and marketing competence to maintain our competitive advantage. The telecommunications industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent litigation based on allegations of patent infringement. We intend to continue our efforts to obtain patents whenever possible, but there can be no assurance that patents will be issued or that any existing patents or patents that are obtained will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, or that the rights granted will provide any commercial benefit to us. Additionally, if any of our processes or designs are identified as infringing upon patents held by others, there can be no assurances that a license will be available or that the terms of obtaining any such license will be acceptable to us. In addition, the laws of certain countries in which our products may be developed, manufactured or sold may not protect our products and intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States.

We generally enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees and consultants and with third parties in connection with our technology license agreements. These confidentiality agreements generally seek to control access to, and distribution of, our technology, documentation and other proprietary information. Despite these precautions, it may be possible for a third party to obtain and use our proprietary information without authorization or to develop similar technology independently.

In addition, we use trademarks to help identify and market our products and services. We have a number of trademark registrations and pending applications both in the United States and around the world. We rely on these trademark registrations and applications as one tool to protect our rights in our trademarks and brands. We also rely on our common law trademark rights in those countries that recognize such rights, such as the United States. We can provide no assurance, however, that any of our trademark applications will be successful, or that our existing registrations will not be challenged or invalidated. Likewise, we can provide no assurance that our registrations, applications or common law rights will enable us to stop others from infringing upon our trademarks, or enable us to successfully defend against claims of trademark infringement. Furthermore, effective trademark protection may not be available in every country in which our products and services are distributed.

We also have copyrights on our software products, product documentation, marketing materials, and other documentation and materials. We rely on these copyrights to protect our rights in our copyrighted materials. We can provide no assurances, however, that our copyrighted materials will not be infringed. In addition, effective copyright protection may not be available in every country in which our products are distributed.

Manufacturing

Our manufacturing process for standard products consists primarily of in-house electrical assembly and test performed by our manufacturing sites in Aguadilla, Puerto Rico; Beverly, Massachusetts; Tuscaloosa, Alabama and Hofolding, Germany. In addition, custom and semi-custom instrumentation products are developed, assembled and tested in Santa Rosa, California. All of our manufacturing facilities are certified and registered to the ISO 9001:2000 quality system standard. During fiscal 2005 our Beverly, Massachusetts facility was upgraded to meet the higher TL 9000 quality system standard (a standard for manufacturing and engineering). Our San Jose, California facility was also upgraded to meet the TL 9000 quality system standard for its engineering process (it is not a manufacturing site). We currently do not plan to upgrade our Santa Rosa, California; Tuscaloosa, Alabama and Hofolding, Germany facilities.

11




Backlog

Our backlog consists of firm orders that have yet to be shipped to the customer, or may not be shippable to a customer until a future period. Our total backlog amounted to $31.0 million as of June 30, 2005, compared to $41.8 million as of June 30, 2004. Our backlog, which is shippable within the next six months, was $20.5 million as of June 30, 2005, compared to $27.9 million as of June 30, 2004. Most orders included in backlog can be rescheduled or cancelled by customers without significant penalty. Historically, a substantial portion of net revenue in any fiscal period has been derived from orders received during that fiscal period. Our backlog may also be affected by the cancellation or delay of customer orders, the overall condition of the telecommunications industry, overall worldwide economic conditions and the cyclical nature of customer demand in each of our markets. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Factors that May Affect Results.”

Key Customers and Export Sales

No single customer accounted for more than 10% of our net revenue during fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003. Our export sales, which were primarily to Western Europe, Latin America, Asia and Canada, accounted for 35%, 32% and 33% of our net revenue in fiscal years 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. For additional information regarding our export sales, see note N to our consolidated financial statements. We have products operating in 92 countries.

Gains and losses on the conversion to United States dollars of accounts receivable and accounts payable arising from international operations may in the future contribute to fluctuations in our business and operating results. Sales and purchase obligations denominated in foreign currencies have not been significant. We do not currently engage in currency hedging activities or derivative arrangements but may do so in the future to the extent that foreign currency transactions become more significant.

Competition

Competition in the telecommunications industry is intense. Many of our competitors or potential competitors are well established and have significant financial, manufacturing, technical and marketing resources. Competitors of our synchronization products include Frequency Electronics, Inc., Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd., Emrise Corp., and Oscilloquartz SA. Competitors of our Wireless/OEM Products include Frequency Electronics, Inc. and Trimble Navigation, Ltd. In the enterprise network timing market, we compete primarily with Meinberg and EndRun Technologies. In the rubidium oscillators market, we compete primarily with Frequency Electronics, Inc. and Temex. In addition, certain companies, such as Perkin Elmer, Inc., that currently manufacture products exclusively for use in military applications could enter commercial markets and compete directly with us. Competitors of our timing, test and measurement products include Frequency Electronics, Inc., Trak Systems, Inc. (a Veritas Corporation subsidiary) and Brandywine Communications. In addition, the Telecommunications Act of 1996 permits ILECs to manufacture telecommunications equipment, which may result in increased competition.

Research and Development

As of June 30, 2005, we had 86 engineers and technicians directly involved in the research, design and development of our products. We also utilize domestic and international contractors (primarily India) to assist us in our research and development activities. We focused our development efforts in fiscal 2005 on the development of both hardware and software products. Our new product development program includes wireline and wireless synchronization, network management software, government communication, space defense, avionics, network time service, integrated access devices and updates and maintenance on existing products. In fiscal years 2005, 2004 and 2003, our overall research and

12




development expenditures was $16.3 million, $16.8 million and $21.5 million, respectively. We expensed all research and development expenditures as they were incurred.

Our primary product development centers are in San Jose, California; Santa Rosa, California; Beverly, Massachusetts and Austin, Texas.

Government Regulation

The telecommunications industry is subject to government regulatory policies regarding pricing, taxation and tariffs, which may adversely impact the demand for our products. These policies are continuously reviewed and subject to change by the various governmental agencies. We are also subject to government regulations and standards for our products.

Environmental Regulation

Our operations are subject to numerous foreign, federal, state and local environmental regulations related to the storage, use, discharge and disposal of toxic, volatile or otherwise hazardous chemicals used in our manufacturing process. Failure to comply with such regulations could result in a suspension or cessation of our operations, or could subject us to significant future liabilities. See “Item 3. Legal Proceedings.”

Sources and Availability of Raw Materials

We endeavor to use standard parts and components, which are generally available from multiple sources. We make significant purchases of parts and components from third-party suppliers. Certain parts used in our manufacturing process are single sourced.

Employees

At June 30, 2005, we had 830 employees, including 554 in manufacturing, 86 in engineering and 190 in sales, marketing, service and general and administration. None of our employees are represented by a labor union, and we have experienced no work stoppages. We believe that our employee relations are good.

13




Item 2.        Properties

The following are our principal facilities as of June 30, 2005:

Location

 

 

 

Principal Operations

 

Approximate
Floor Area
(Sq. Ft.)

 

Owned/Lease
Expiration Date

Irvine, California

 

Manufacturing (vacant)

 

 

46,000

 

 

July 2005

Irvine, California

 

Manufacturing (vacant)

 

 

67,000

 

 

July 2005

San Jose, California

 

Corporate Headquarters (partial sublease)

 

 

118,000

 

 

April 2009

San Jose, California

 

Administrative Office (sublease)

 

 

6,000

 

 

September 2005

Santa Rosa, California

 

Manufacturing/Administrative (partial vacant)

 

 

70,000

 

 

December 2015

Santa Rosa, California

 

Manufacturing (partial sublease)

 

 

25,000

 

 

December 2008

Beverly, Massachusetts

 

Manufacturing

 

 

54,000

 

 

Owned

Austin, Texas

 

Administrative Office

 

 

15,000

 

 

December 2006

Tuscaloosa, Alabama

 

Manufacturing

 

 

5,000

 

 

March 2007

Hofolding, Germany

 

Manufacturing/Administrative

 

 

7,000

 

 

January 2009

Crowthorne, UK

 

Administrative

 

 

1,200

 

 

October 2008

Subang Java, Malaysia

 

Administrative

 

 

700

 

 

May 2008

Aguadilla, Puerto Rico

 

Manufacturing

 

 

87,000

 

 

February 2016

Beijing, China

 

Administrative

 

 

200

 

 

February 2006

Beijing, China

 

Administrative

 

 

807

 

 

February 2006

Guangzhou, China

 

Administrative

 

 

600

 

 

February 2006

 

We have sublet approximately 34,000 square feet of our San Jose facility through March 2007 and approximately 16,025 square feet of our Santa Rosa facility through November 2008. We believe that our current facilities are suitable and adequate to meet our anticipated needs for the foreseeable future. In December 2003, we completed the integration and consolidation of our former manufacturing operations in our Irvine facility into our Beverly, Massachusetts’s facility.

Item 3.        Legal Proceedings

In late 1996, Datum (which we acquired in October 2002) received notice of potential environmental contamination from the owner of a premises in Austin, Texas that had previously been occupied by Austron, Inc., a Datum subsidiary for its wireline operation (“Austron”), prior to Datum’s acquisition of Austron in 1988. Although Austron had remediated the site pursuant to then-existing environmental regulations in connection with vacating the site in 1983, the applicable environmental regulations were modified after 1983, providing the basis for the property owner’s claim that the soil at the site contains the same contaminants that were the focus of Austron’s previous remediation efforts. In compliance with current law, Datum had established the extent of the site contamination, which extends to adjoining properties owned by third parties. In May 2004, we received a demand from the owner of several adjoining lots for damages, as well as seeking an indemnity for the contamination and a promise to remediate the contamination. The adjacent property owner has not filed suit but, if a suit is filed, we will contest it vigorously. We believe that we will continue to incur monitoring costs for the next several years in connection with the site contamination and may be subject to demands and claims from other adjoining landowners in addition to the claim for remediation discussed above, and the amount of such costs and the extent of the our exposure to such claims cannot be determined at this time. Although there can be no assurance that the costs of remediation efforts, the property owners’ claims or any related governmental action will not singly or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations, we do not believe our ultimate aggregate liability will have such an effect. We currently have an accrual of $0.8 million for remediation costs, appraisal fees and other ongoing monitoring costs.

14




We are also a party to certain other claims in the normal course of our operations. While the results of these claims cannot be predicted with any certainty, we believe that the final outcome of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

Item 4.        Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

Not applicable.

Executive Officers of Symmetricom

Following is a list of our executive officers as of June 30, 2005 and brief summaries of their business experience. All officers, including executive officers, are appointed annually by the Board of Directors at its meeting following the annual meeting of stockholders. We are not aware of any officer who was appointed to the office pursuant to any arrangement or understanding with another person.

Name

 

 

 

Age

 

Position

 

 

Thomas W. Steipp

 

55

 

Chief Executive Officer

William Slater

 

53

 

Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

John Yuzdepski

 

43

 

Executive Vice President and General Manager TS Division

Bruce Bromage

 

51

 

Executive Vice President and General Manager TT&M Division

Nancy Shemwell

 

49

 

Sr. VP Global Sales & Support

 

Mr. Steipp has served as Chief Executive Officer of Symmetricom since December 1998. Mr. Steipp served as Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Symmetricom from December 1998 to October 1999. Mr. Steipp served as President and Chief Operating Officer, Telecom Solutions, a division of Symmetricom, from March 1998 to December 1998. Prior to joining Symmetricom, from February 1996 to February 1998, Mr. Steipp served as Vice President and General Manager of Broadband Data Networks, a division of Scientific-Atlanta.

Mr. Slater has served as Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of Symmetricom since August 2000. From September 1991 to December 1999, Mr. Slater served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Computer Curriculum Corporation, an educational software company that was a division of Viacom. Mr. Slater was V.P of Financial Planning at Simon & Schuster from December 1985 though September 1991. Prior to that Mr. Slater was Controller of Revlon’s Professional Products Group.

Mr. Yuzdepski has served as Chief Marketing Officer since October 2004 and in June 2005 was appointed to Executive Vice President and General Manager of the Telecom Solutions Divisions. Prior to joining Symmetricom, Mr. Yuzdepski was Vice President of Sales and Marketing at Alloptic Inc. in 2004, and between 2002 and 2004  Mr. Yuzdepski was Vice President and General Manager of Openwave Inc.’s Messaging Group. Prior to joining Openwave Mr. Yuzdepski was a Vice President at Sprint Corporation where he led product management and development for the Sprint PCS Division.

Dr. Bromage has served as Executive Vice President and General Manager of the Time, Test and Measurement Division since April 2004. Dr. Bromage joined Symmetricom in April 2002 and served as Vice President, Strategic Planning and Alliances from April 2002 to April 2004. Prior to joining Symmetricom, from February 2000 to April 2002, Dr. Bromage held senior management positions with two startup companies. From August 1993 to February 2000, Dr. Bromage held senior marketing and general management positions with Hewlett Packard.

Ms. Shemwell has served as Sr. VP Global Sales & Support since October 2004 and has held a variety of senior positions with global business responsibilities including assignments in Europe and North America. Her experience covers a broad spectrum of general management, sales, and marketing roles in rapidly developing markets. Previous positions include that of President and CEO of Jovial Test

15




Equipment, a sixteen year career with Nortel Networks where she held titles of President, Micom Communications Corporation (a Nortel subsidiary), Vice President Business Segments, Vice President Sales and Marketing Wiltel (Nortel’s largest enterprise distributor) and Director Marketing for Europe, Middle East and Africa.

PART II

Item 5.     Market for the Registrant’s Common Stock, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq National Market, under the symbol “SYMM”. We had approximately 1,292 stockholders of record as of August 31, 2005.

The following table sets forth the high and low per share sale prices reported on the Nasdaq National Market for our common stock for the periods indicated.

 

 

High

 

Low

 

Year ended June 30, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

7.15

 

$

4.10

 

Second Quarter

 

7.70

 

5.91

 

Third Quarter

 

11.00

 

6.98

 

Fourth Quarter

 

10.00

 

7.13

 

Year ended June 30, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

9.69

 

6.39

 

Second Quarter

 

11.34

 

8.35

 

Third Quarter

 

11.33

 

8.22

 

Fourth Quarter

 

11.70

 

9.19

 

 

Symmetricom has never declared nor paid cash dividends on its capital stock and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

The information required by this item regarding equity compensation plans is incorporated by reference to the information in Item 12 of this Form 10-K.

Stock Repurchase Program

On August 18, 2005, the Board of Directors authorized management to repurchase up to approximately 2.6 million shares pursuant to a repurchase program established in fiscal 2002, adding 2.0 million shares to the program previously authorized. As of June 30, 2005, there were approximately 0.6 million shares remained eligible for repurchase. There were approximately 46.3 million shares of Symmetricom common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2005.

16




The following table provides monthly detail our share repurchases and forfeitures during fiscal 2005:

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Number of

 

Average

 

Number of

 

 

 

Shares

 

Price Paid

 

Shares

 

Period

 

 

 

Purchased

 

per Share

 

Forfeited

 

October 1, 2004 through October 31, 2004

 

 

17,000

 

 

 

$

9.04

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 1, 2004 through December 31, 2004

 

 

45,000

 

 

 

9.74

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 1, 2005 through January 31, 2005

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

8.69

 

 

 

 

 

 

February 1, 2005 through February 28, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,009

 

 

April 1, 2005 through April 30, 2005

 

 

50,000

 

 

 

9.80

 

 

 

 

 

 

May 1, 2005 through May 31, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,000

 

 

June 1, 2005 through June 30, 2005

 

 

49,400

 

 

 

10.73

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

186,400

 

 

 

$

9.82

 

 

 

19,009

 

 

 

During fiscal 2005, we repurchased 186,400 shares for an aggregate price of approximately $1.8 million. Upon termination of various employees, 19,009 shares of restricted stock were forfeited pursuant to existing agreements.

Item 6.        Selected Financial Data

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

 

 

Year ended June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

2001

 

 

 

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Net revenue

 

$

189,147

 

$

172,847

 

$

132,049

 

$

72,643

 

$

152,668

 

Operating income (loss)

 

19,190

 

(4,096

)

(46,047

)

(11,141

)

21,784

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

20,298

 

(4,373

)

(46,500

)

(8,973

)

34,877

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

17,754

 

(2,250

)

(34,347

)

(5,695

)

28,824

 

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations(1)

 

162

 

13

 

(14,970

)

410

 

506

 

Net earnings (loss)

 

17,916

 

(2,237

)

(49,317

)

(5,285

)

29,330

 

Basic earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations(2)

 

0.39

 

(0.05

)

(0.96

)

(0.25

)

1.23

 

Basic earnings (loss) per share from discontinued operations(2)

 

 

 

(0.42

)

0.02

 

0.02

 

Basic net earnings (loss) per share(2)

 

0.39

 

(0.05

)

(1.38

)

(0.23

)

1.25

 

Diluted earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations(2)

 

0.38

 

(0.05

)

(0.96

)

(0.25

)

1.15

 

Diluted earnings (loss) per share from discontinued operations(2)

 

 

 

(0.42

)

0.02

 

0.02

 

Diluted net earnings (loss) per share(2)

 

0.38

 

(0.05

)

(1.38

)

(0.23

)

1.17

 

Total assets

 

392,171

 

247,590

 

233,890

 

130,310

 

155,403

 

Long-term obligations

 

126,967

 

8,827

 

10,057

 

6,574

 

7,184

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

226,175

 

196,484

 

183,432

 

104,189

 

120,117

 


(1)          Reflects amounts related to gains (losses) on discontinued operations. The Trusted Time Division was discontinued in fiscal 2003 and the Linfinity business was sold in fiscal 1999. The gain in fiscal 2005, 2004 and the loss in fiscal 2003 are from the discontinued Trusted Time Division. The gain in fiscal 2001 is a result of a change in estimate of the selling expenses of the Linfinity business while the gain in fiscal 2002 represents a release of funds from an escrow account that was established in connection with the sale of the Linfinity business.

(2)          Adjusted to reflect the effect of a three-for-two stock split in the form of a stock dividend on August 18, 2000.

17




Item 7.                        Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report.

Overview

Symmetricom is a leading supplier of synchronization and timing products to industry, government, utilities, research centers and aerospace markets. We supply solutions for customers who demand reliable products and engineering expertise in a variety of applications, including network synchronization, timing, testing, verification and/or the measurement of a time and frequency-based signal. We design and manufacture rubidium clocks, crystal oscillators, cesium clocks and hydrogen maser clocks. Our products include synchronization network elements, timing elements and business broadband access devices for wireline and wireless networks as well as the provision of professional services. Our products play an essential role in network operations, bandwidth optimization, and quality of service of wireline, wireless and broadband communications networks, enabling our customers to increase performance and efficiency in their communications infrastructures.

Symmetricom’s customers include worldwide public network providers, incumbent local exchange carriers (ILECs), public telephone and telegraph companies (PTTs), competitive local exchange carriers (CLECs), other telephone companies, wireless service providers, cable television operators, distributors and systems integrators, internet service providers (ISPs) and communications original equipment manufacturers (OEMs). With the fiscal 2003 acquisition of TrueTime and Datum, we broadened our customer base to include aerospace contractors, governments and research facilities.

On June 24, 2005 we entered into a definitive agreement with Agilent Technologies, Inc. to purchase its Frequency and Time Standards instrumentation product line, including the 5071A cesium primary frequency standard. This acquisition is expected to enhance Symmetricom’s position in the area of cesium standards and to further Symmetricom’s leadership in generating high-precision frequency and timing references including rubidium, cesium and hydrogen masers. This transaction was to acquire only certain assets of Agilent Technologies for a cost of approximately $8.0 million. The acquisition of assets was accounted for as a purchase and closed on August 1, 2005.

In June 2003, we discontinued the operation of the Trusted Time Division and integrated the Broadband Network Division into the Telecom Solutions Division. The Trusted Time Division was acquired as part of the acquisition of Datum in October 2002. The division has been accounted for as a discontinued operation and, accordingly, the results of operations have been excluded from continuing operations in the consolidated statements of operations. Certain charges related to the discontinuance of this operation, including a non-cash impairment charge for goodwill and intangibles associated with this business, were taken in fiscal 2003.

On October 29, 2002, we completed our acquisition of Datum. Each share of Datum common stock outstanding was converted into the right to receive 2.7609 shares of Symmetricom common stock. The aggregate consideration was approximately 17.4 million shares of our common stock. The acquisition of Datum was intended to qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of Internal Revenue code and was accounted for as a purchase.

On October 15, 2002, we acquired certain assets from NetMonitor. The acquisition was accounted for as an asset purchase. We paid $230,000 in cash for the acquired assets and incurred direct acquisition costs of approximately $30,000. The net purchase price was allocated to tangible assets of $40,000 and existing technology of $220,000.

18




On October 4, 2002, we completed our acquisition of TrueTime. Each outstanding common share of TrueTime was converted into the right to receive 0.43697 of a share of Symmetricom common stock and cash of $0.84. All vested and unvested outstanding options to purchase TrueTime’s common stock were cancelled and surrendered in exchange for cash payment, which totaled $34,000 in the aggregate. The total consideration was approximately 2.6 million shares of our common stock and $5.0 million in cash. The acquisition of TrueTime was accounted for as a purchase.

Critical Accounting Policies, Significant Judgments and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, which requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosure at the date of our financial statements. On an on-going basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgments, including those related to bad debts, inventories, intangible assets, income taxes, stock options, and warranty obligations. Management bases its estimates and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. Symmetricom considers certain accounting policies related to revenue recognition and allowance for doubtful accounts, reserve for warranty, inventory valuation, accounting for income taxes, valuation of investments and valuation of intangible assets and goodwill to be critical policies due to the estimates and judgments involved in each.

Business Combinations

We allocate the purchase price of acquired companies to the tangible and intangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed, as well as in-process research and development based on their estimated fair values. We engage an independent third-party appraisal firm to assist us in determining the fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. Such valuations require management to make significant estimations and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets.

Critical estimates in valuing certain intangible assets include but are not limited to: future expected cash flows from customer contracts, customer lists, distribution agreements, acquired developed technologies and patents; expected costs to develop the in-process research and development into commercially viable products and estimating cash flows from the projects when completed; also the brand awareness and the market position of the acquired products and assumptions about the period of time the brand will continue to be used in the combined company’s product portfolio. Management’s estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable.

Revenue Recognition

Our standard arrangement for our domestic and international customers includes a signed purchase order or contract and no right of return of delivered products. Revenue from sales of product and software licenses is recognized when: (1) we enter into a legally binding arrangement with a customer; (2) we deliver the products; (3) customer payment is deemed fixed or determinable and free of contingencies or significant uncertainties; and (4) collection is probable. Revenue from post-sale customer support is deferred and recognized ratably over the term of the support contract. Revenue from consulting and training services is recognized as the services are performed.

We assess collectibility based on the credit worthiness of the customer and past transaction history. We perform on-going credit evaluations of our customers and do not require collateral from our

19




customers. For many of our international customers, we require an irrevocable letter of credit to be issued by the customer before the purchase order is accepted. If we determine that collection of a fee is not reasonably assured, we recognize the revenue at the time that collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon the receipt of cash. We commonly have transactions that involve sales of both product and services to our customers. Product revenue is generated from the sale of synchronization and timing equipment with embedded software that is essential to product functionality. We account for these transactions in accordance with the rules applicable to software revenue recognition. Service revenue is recognized as the services are performed, provided collection of the related receivable is probable. Our sales to distributors are made under agreements allowing for returns or credits under certain circumstances. Accordingly, we defer an estimate of returns from distributors based on a historical average of distributor returns. We record commission expense when orders are shipped, at which time the commission is both earned and payable.

Revenue from contracts that require development and manufacture in accordance with customer specifications and have a lengthy development period may be categorized into two types: firm fixed price and cost-plus reimbursement. Revenue is recognized under the fixed price contracts using the percentage of completion method, (cost-to-cost basis) principally based upon the costs incurred relative to the total estimated costs at completion on the individual contracts. Any anticipated losses on contracts are charged to operations as soon as they are determinable. Revenue recognized under cost-plus contracts is recognized on the basis of direct and indirect costs incurred plus a negotiated profit calculated as a percentage of costs or as performance based award fee. Revenue from long-term contracts is reviewed periodically, with adjustments recorded in the period in which the revisions are made.

Warranty

Our standard warranty agreement is one year from shipment. However, our warranty agreements are contract and component specific and can range to twenty years for selected components. We offer extended warranty contracts on products that are less than eight years old. The extended warranty contract is applicable for a maximum of nine years after the expiration of the standard one-year warranty. The income from extended warranty contracts is recognized ratably over the period of contract.

We accrue for anticipated warranty costs upon shipment. Our warranty reserve is based on the number of installed units, historical analysis of the volume of product returned to us under the warranty program, management’s judgment regarding anticipated rates of warranty claims and associated repair costs. We use the historical data to forecast our anticipated future warranty obligations. This analysis is updated on a quarterly basis.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts based on a continuous review of customer accounts, payment patterns and specific collection issues. Where specific collection issues are identified, we record a specific allowance based on the amount that we believe will be uncollected. For accounts where specific collection issues are not identified, we record a reserve based on the age of the receivable and historical collection patterns.

Inventory Valuation

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, cost being determined on a first-in, first-out basis. We assess the valuation of all inventories, including raw materials, work-in-process, finished goods and spare parts on a periodic basis. Obsolete inventory or inventory in excess of management’s estimated usage is written-down to its estimated market value less costs to sell, if less than its cost. Inherent in the estimates of market value are management’s estimates related to current economic trends, future demand,

20




and technological obsolescence. If actual market conditions are less favorable than those projected by management, additional inventory write-downs may be required. If the inventory value is written down to its net realizable value, and subsequently there is an increased demand for the inventory at a higher value, the increased value of the inventory is not realized until the inventory is sold. During fiscal 2005, we charged $1.0 million to cost of goods sold to write down excess and obsolete inventory.

Accounting for Income Taxes

The determination of our tax provision is subject to judgments and estimates due to operations outside the United States, primarily in Puerto Rico. Net earnings of our Puerto Rico subsidiary are taxed in part under Internal Revenue Code Section 936, which exempts qualified Puerto Rico earnings from federal income tax. Section 936 limits the amount of qualified Puerto Rico earnings and expires at the end of fiscal year 2006. The change in tax law may affect our future tax rate.

The carrying value of our net deferred tax assets, which is made up of tax deductions, net operating loss carryforwards, and tax credits, assumes we will be able to generate sufficient future income to fully realize these assets. We evaluate the weight of all available evidence in determining whether it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. If we do not generate sufficient future income, the realization of these deferred tax assets may be impaired, resulting in an additional income tax expense. A portion of our tax credits is related to stock options and has a valuation allowance because of uncertainty regarding their realization. If these tax credits are realized, the benefit will be credited to common stock.

Valuation of Investments

We did not carry any investments in public or private companies during fiscal 2004 and 2005.

During fiscal 2003, we concluded that the decline in value of our investment in the common stock of Sarantel Ltd., a privately held company was other than temporary. We recorded $0.2 million as a loss on equity investment. On March 3, 2005, Sarantel went public in the United Kingdom and began trading on the AIM market of the London Stock Exchange under the symbol SLG.  Subsequently, the Company sold the stock of Sarantel Ltd. and recorded a gain of $0.4 million on the investment in June 2005.

Valuation of Goodwill

We perform goodwill impairment tests in accordance with SFAS no. 142, “Goodwill Impairment,” on an annual basis and between annual tests in certain circumstances for each reporting unit. Potential goodwill impairment is measured based upon a two-step process. In the first step, we compare the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired, thus the second step of the impairment test is unnecessary. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test shall be performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. In fiscal 2005 and 2004, no impairment losses were recorded based on these evaluations. In fiscal 2003, we recorded $14.7 million of goodwill impairment, $11.6 million of which related to the discontinuance of the Trusted Time Division.

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets Including Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Intangible assets primarily include purchased technology and trademarks. We review our intangible assets in accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” Factors we consider important that could trigger an impairment review include significant under-performance relative to historical or

21




projected future operating results, significant changes in the manner of our use of the acquired assets or the strategy for our overall business, or significant negative industry or economic trends. If these criteria indicate that the value of the intangible asset may be impaired, an evaluation of the recoverability of the net carrying value of the asset over its remaining useful life is made. If this evaluation indicates that the intangible asset is not recoverable, the net carrying value of the related intangible asset will be reduced to fair value. Any such impairment charge could be significant and could have a material adverse effect on our financial statements if and when an impairment charge is recorded. If an impairment charge were recognized, the amortization related to intangible assets would decrease during the remainder of the life of the asset. In fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, no impairment losses were recorded based on these evaluations.

Results of Operations

The following table presents the percentage of total revenue for the respective line items in our consolidated statement of operations.

 

 

Year ended June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Net revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telecom Solutions Division:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wireline Products

 

43.9

%

41.3

%

46.6

%

Wireless/OEM Products

 

14.7

%

20.0

%

23.5

%

Global Services

 

5.1

%

4.8

%

2.9

%

Specialty Manufacturing/Other

 

5.2

%

5.5

%

3.8

%

Timing, Test and Measurement Division

 

31.1

%

28.4

%

23.2

%

Total net revenue

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

100.0

%

Cost of products and services

 

51.1

%

58.7

%

60.8

%

Amortization of purchased technology

 

2.1

%

2.3

%

2.4

%

Write-off of Telmax royalty

 

%

%

0.4

%

Integration and restructuring charges.

 

%

3.4

%

1.3

%

Gross profit

 

46.8

%

35.7

%

35.1

%

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

8.6

%

9.7

%

16.3

%

Selling, general and administrative

 

27.7

%

26.5

%

35.4

%

Amortization of goodwill and intangibles

 

0.3

%

0.5

%

0.9

%

Integration and restructuring charges

 

%

1.3

%

5.1

%

Impairment of goodwill

 

%

%

11.1

%

Acquired in-process research and development

 

%

%

1.2

%

Operating gain (loss)

 

10.1

%

(2.4

)%

(34.9

)%

Gain (loss) on equity investments, net

 

0.2

%

%

(0.3

)%

Interest income

 

0.8

%

0.2

%

0.5

%

Interest expense

 

(0.4

)%

(0.3

)%

(0.5

)%

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

10.7

%

(2.5

)%

(35.2

)%

Income tax provision (benefit)

 

1.3

%

(1.2

)%

(9.2

)%

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

9.4

%

(1.3

)%

(26.0

)%

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

0.1

%

%

(11.3

)%

Net Income (loss)

 

9.5

%

(1.3

)%

(37.3

)%

 

22




Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2005 and 2004

Net revenue

 

 

Year ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

Percentage

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Change

 

Net Revenue (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wireline Products

 

$

83,129

 

$

71,467

 

 

16.3

%

 

Wireless/OEM Products

 

27,723

 

34,617

 

 

(19.9

)

 

Global Services

 

9,712

 

8,315

 

 

16.8

 

 

Specialty Manufacturing/Other

 

9,759

 

9,537

 

 

2.3

 

 

Timing, Test and Measurement Division

 

58,824

 

48,911

 

 

20.3

 

 

Total Net Revenue

 

$

189,147

 

$

172,847

 

 

9.4

%

 

Percentage of Revenue

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenue consists of sales of products, software licenses and services sales. Net revenue increased 9.4% to $189.1 million in fiscal 2005 from $172.8 million in fiscal 2004. The increase in net revenue was attributable to the Wireline Products segment increase of  $11.7 million, or 16.3%, which was due primarily to major customers upgrading their networks and growth in international business including a $2.3 million project in Costa Rica. The Timing, Test and Measurement segment increased $9.9 million, or 20.3%, as military-related purchases of our timing and frequency solutions for mobile communication applications drove a significant portion of the sales growth. The Global Services segment revenue increased $1.4 million, or 16.8%, primarily due to product sales volume increase. The Specialty Manufacturing/Other segment increased of $0.2 million, or 2.3%, due to overall increases in the electronics industry. These revenue increases were partially offset by a $6.9 million, or 19.9%, reduction in Wireless/OEM segment revenue due to reported softness in the wireless industry and a product shift toward lower priced, lower performance quartz-based products from higher performance, lower maintenance rubidium-based solutions.

Cost of products and services

 

 

Year ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

Percentage

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Change

 

Cost of Products and Services (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wireline Products

 

$

35,848

 

$

37,084

 

 

(3.3

)%

 

Wireless/OEM Products

 

19,621

 

25,781

 

 

(23.9

)

 

Global Services

 

5,547

 

4,832

 

 

14.8

 

 

Specialty Manufacturing/Other

 

8,115

 

8,168

 

 

(0.6

)

 

Timing, Test and Measurement Division

 

27,589

 

25,545

 

 

8.0

 

 

Other cost of sales

 

3,899

 

9,773

 

 

(60.1

)

 

Total Cost

 

$

100,619

 

$

111,183

 

 

(9.5

)%

 

Percentage of Revenue

 

53.2

%

64.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of products and services, including other cost of sales, decreased $10.6 million, or 9.5%, during the fiscal 2005 compared with fiscal 2004. Cost of products and services for Wireline products decreased $1.2 million, or 3.3%, while Wireline products revenue increased 16.3%. The improvement in Wireline products cost was due to overhead volume savings, material cost reductions and favorable mix due to increased revenue on higher margin products. Cost of products and services for Wireless/OEM products decreased $6.2 million, or 23.9%, which is in line with the revenue decrease of 19.9%. Cost of products and services for Global Services products increased $0.7 million, or 14.8%, which was lower than the revenue

23




increase of 16.8% since the revenue increase was primarily higher margin services. Cost of products and services for Specialty Manufacturing/Other products decreased $53,000, or 0.6%, which was in line with flat revenue increase of 2.3%. Cost of products and services for Timing, Test and Measurement products increased $2.0 million, or 8.0%, which was much lower than the revenue increase of 20.3%. This improvement was due to overhead volume savings, material cost savings, and savings due to the elimination of higher startup manufacturing costs at Beverly, Massachusetts after the shutdown of our Irvine, California facility.

Other cost of sales includes amortization of purchased technology, which remained constant during fiscal 2005 and 2004 at $3.9 million. In fiscal 2005, we had no charges for integration and restructuring as compared to the $5.9 million charge in fiscal 2004, which was primarily attributable to the closure of the Irvine, California manufacturing facility and the move of production to Beverly, Massachusetts.

Gross Profit

 

 

Year ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

Percentage

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Change

 

Gross Profit (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wireline Products

 

$

47,281

 

$

34,383

 

 

37.5

%

 

Wireless/OEM Products

 

8,102

 

8,836

 

 

(8.3

)

 

Global Services

 

4,165

 

3,483

 

 

19.6

 

 

Specialty Manufacturing/Other

 

1,644

 

1,369

 

 

20.1

 

 

Timing, Test and Measurement Division

 

31,235

 

23,366

 

 

33.7

 

 

Other cost of sales

 

(3,899

)

(9,773

)

 

(60.1

)

 

Total Gross Profit

 

$

88,528

 

$

61,664

 

 

43.6

%

 

Percentage of Revenue

 

46.8

%

35.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

In fiscal 2005, gross profit, excluding other cost of sales, increased $26.9 million, or 43.6%, compared to fiscal 2004. This increase was greater than the revenue increase of 9.4%. Gross profit for the Wireline products increased $12.9 million, or 37.5%, which was higher than the 16.3% revenue increase for the same period due to the improvements mentioned in the cost of revenue commentary. Gross profit for the Wireless/OEM products decreased $0.7 million, or 8.3%, which was lower than the 19.9% revenue decline for the same period due primarily to the 2004 shutdown of the Irvine, California manufacturing facility. Gross profit for Global Services increased $0.7 million, or 19.6%, which was higher than the 16.8% revenue increase for the same period due to an increase in sales of higher margin services. Gross profit for the Specialty Manufacturing/Other products increased $0.3 million, or 20.1%, which was lower than the 2.3% revenue increase for the same period. Gross profit for the Timing, Test and Measurement products increased  $7.9 million, or 33.7%, which was higher than the 20.3% revenue increase for the same period due to the savings mentioned in the cost of revenue commentary. In fiscal 2005, gross margin improved $5.9 million for the other cost of sales due to the absence of integration and restructuring charges when compared to the same period of prior year.

Operating Expense

Research and development

 

 

Year ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

Percentage

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Change

 

Research and development expense (in thousands)

 

$

16,286

 

$

16,772

 

 

(2.9

)%

 

Percentage of Revenue

 

8.6

%

9.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

24




For fiscal 2005, research and development expenses were $16.3 million compared to $16.8 million in fiscal 2004. The decrease in the research and development expenses was primarily due to the reduction in force of the research and development employees at the Irvine, California site that closed in December 2003.

Selling, general and administrative including amortization of intangibles

 

 

Year ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

Percentage

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Change

 

Selling, general and administrative including amortization of intangibles (in thousands)

 

$

53,052

 

$

46,663

 

 

13.7

%

 

Percentage of Revenue

 

28.0

%

27.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expense, including the amortization of intangibles, consists primarily of salaries, benefits, sales commissions and travel related expenses for our sales and services, finance, human resources, information technology and facilities departments and part of the amortization expenses of our intangible assets. These expenses increased 13.7% to $53.1 million for fiscal 2005 compared to $46.7 million for the fiscal 2004. This $6.4 million increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was attributable primarily to salary increases for employees that become effective in July 2004, the hiring of three new senior sales and marketing executives, stock based compensation and external audit and internal testing costs associated with Sarbanes-Oxley section 404 compliance.

Integration and restructuring charges

 

 

Year ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

Percentage

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Change

 

Integration and restructuring charges (in thousands)

 

 

$

 

 

$

2,325

 

 

(100.0

)%

 

Percentage of Revenue

 

 

%

 

1.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

During fiscal 2005, we did not incur any integration and restructuring charges.

In fiscal 2004, we recorded integration and restructuring charges of $2.3 million in acquisition-related costs and other restructuring expenses. Of these costs, $1.6 million is related to our facility restructuring in Irvine, California and $0.7 million is for land remediation accruals related to a former Datum facility in Austin, Texas. See Note O of our notes to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of integration and restructuring charges.

Impairment of goodwill

We performed an annual goodwill impairment test as of June 30, 2005 and June 30, 2004 and determined that goodwill was not impaired.

Acquired in-process research and development expenses

During fiscal 2005 and 2004, we did not record any purchased in-process research and development expense.

25




Gain on sale of equity investments

 

 

Year ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

Percentage

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Change

 

Gain on equity investments (in thousands)

 

$

389

 

 

$

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

Percentage of Revenue

 

0.2

%

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

During fiscal 2005, we recorded a gain of $0.4 million from the sale of our investment in Sarantel Ltd., which was expensed in fiscal 2003 as fully impaired. In fiscal 2004, we did not realize any gains or losses on equity investments.

Interest income

 

 

Year ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

Percentage

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Change

 

Interest income (in thousands)

 

$

1,533

 

$

308

 

 

397.7

%

 

Percentage of Revenue

 

0.8

%

0.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income increased to $1.5 million in fiscal 2005 compared to $0.3 million in fiscal 2004 due primarily to higher interest rates and cash levels in fiscal 2005. Interest on the proceeds from sale of our $120 million convertible notes, which started accruing on June 15, 2005.

Interest expense

 

 

Year ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

Percentage

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Change

 

Interest expense (in thousands)

 

$

(814

)

$

(585

)

 

39.1

%

 

Percentage of Revenue

 

(0.4

)%

(0.3

)%

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense consists primarily of interest on our capital lease for our headquarters building in San Jose, California. Interest expense increased 39.1% to $0.8 million in fiscal 2005 from $0.6 million in fiscal 2004 due primarily to interest expense on our convertible notes, which started accruing at 3.25% on June 15, 2005.

Income tax provision (benefit)

 

 

Year ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

Percentage

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Change

 

Income tax provision (benefit) (in thousands)

 

 

$

2,544

 

 

$

(2,123

)

 

(219.8

)%

 

Percentage of Revenue

 

 

1.3

%

 

(1.2

)%

 

 

 

 

 

Our income tax provision was $2.5 million (effective tax provision rate of 12.5%) in fiscal 2005 compared to an income tax benefit of $2.1 million (effective tax benefit rate of 48.5%) in fiscal 2004. The effective tax rate has fluctuated significantly as a result of recognition of deferred tax assets related to Puerto Rico operations and a return to full year profitability. Our effective tax rate has also been affected by the percentage of qualified Puerto Rico earnings compared to total earnings, as most of our Puerto Rico earnings are taxed under Section 936 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, which exempts qualified Puerto Rico earnings from federal income taxes. This exemption is subject to wage-based and other limitations and expires at the end of fiscal 2006.

26




Gain from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

Year ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

Percentage

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Change

 

Gain from discountinued operations, net of tax (in thousands)

 

$

162

 

$

13

 

 

1,146.2

%

 

Percentage of Revenue

 

0.1

%

0.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

In June 2003, we discontinued the operation of the Trusted Time Division as part of our post-acquisition consolidation process. The division was acquired as part of the acquisition of Datum in October 2002. The division has been accounted for as a discontinued operation and, accordingly, the results of operations have been excluded from continuing operations in the consolidated statements of operations. During fiscal 2005, we recorded a gain of $162,000 from our discontinued operations, which was attributable to the final payment arising from the sale of software. During fiscal 2004, we recorded a gain of $13,000 from our discontinued operation.

Net Income (loss)

 

 

Year ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

Percentage

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Change

 

Net income (loss) (in thousands)

 

$

17,916

 

$

(2,237

)

 

(900.9

)%

 

Percentage of Revenue

 

9.5

%

(1.3

)%

 

 

 

 

 

As a result of the factors above, net income was $17.9 million, or $0.39 per basic and $0.38 per diluted share, in fiscal 2005 compared to a net loss of $2.2 million, or $0.05 per basic and diluted share, in fiscal 2004.

Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2004 and 2003

Net revenue

 

 

Year ended
June 30,

 

Percentage Change

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

Net Revenue (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wireline Products

 

$

71,467

 

$

61,494

 

 

16.2

%

 

Wireless/OEM Products

 

34,617

 

30,976

 

 

11.8

 

 

Global Services

 

8,315

 

3,852

 

 

115.9

 

 

Specialty Manufacturing/Other

 

9,537

 

4,961

 

 

92.2

 

 

Timing, Test and Measurement Division

 

48,911

 

30,766

 

 

59.0

 

 

Total Net Revenue

 

$

172,847

 

$

132,049

 

 

30.9

%

 

Percentage of Revenue

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

In fiscal 2004, net revenue increased by $40.8 million, or 30.9%, from $132.0 million in fiscal 2003 to $172.8 million. The increase in net revenue was attributable to the Wireline Products increased $10.0 million, or 16.2%, due primarily to the full year impact of the Datum and TrueTime acquisitions. The Timing, Test and Measurement segment increased $18.1 million, or 59.0%, as military-related purchases of our timing and frequency solutions for mobile communication applications drove a significant portion of the sales growth. The Global Services segment revenue increased $4.5 million, or 115.9%, primarily due to product sales volumes increases. Specialty Manufacturing/Other increased $4.6 million, or 92.2%, due to overall increases in the electronics industry. Wireless/OEM Products revenue increased $3.6 million, or 11.8%, due to increased purchases by wireless equipment manufacturers.

27




Cost of product and services

 

 

Year ended
June 30,

 

Percentage
Change

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

Cost of Products and Services (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wireline Products

 

$

37,084

 

$

39,392

 

 

(5.9

)%

 

Wireless/OEM Products

 

25,781

 

21,773

 

 

18.4

 

 

Global Services

 

4,832

 

794

 

 

508.6

 

 

Specialty Manufacturing/Other

 

8,168

 

4,166

 

 

96.1

 

 

Timing, Test and Measurement Division

 

25,545

 

17,293

 

 

47.7

 

 

Other cost of sales

 

9,773

 

2,300

 

 

324.9

 

 

Total Cost

 

$

111,183

 

$

85,718

 

 

29.7

%

 

Percentage of Revenue

 

64.3

%

64.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

In fiscal 2004, cost of products and services, including other cost of sales, increased $25.5 million, or 29.7%, from $85.7 million to $111.2 million in fiscal 2003. This increase was consistent with the revenue increase of 30.9% for the same period. Cost of products and services for Wireline products decreased $2.3 million, or 5.9%, while Wireline products revenue increased 16.2%. The improvement in Wireline products cost was due to overhead volume savings, material cost reductions and favorable mix due to increased revenue on higher margin products. Cost of products and services for Wireless/OEM products increased $4.0 million, or 18.4%, compared to a revenue increase of 11.8%. This increase was primarily due to the December 2003 closure of the higher cost Irvine, California manufacturing facility and relocation to the Beverly, Massachusetts’ facility. Cost of products and services for Global Services increased $4.0 million, or 508.6%, compared to a revenue increase of 115.9%. The increase in cost was due to sales volume increases in higher margin services. Cost of products and services for Specialty Manufacturing/Other products increased $4.0 million, or 96.1%, which was consistent with the revenue increase of 92.2%. Cost of products and services for Timing, Test and Measurement increased $8.3 million, or 47.7%, compared to revenue increase of 59.0%. The increase was due to overhead savings due to higher volume, material cost savings and lower costs due to the 2004 shutdown of the Irvine, California manufacturing facility and relocation to Beverly, Massachusetts.

Other cost of sales, which includes amortization of purchased technology, increased insignificantly from fiscal 2003 to fiscal 2004. Integration and restructuring charges increased by $4.1 primarily due to the closure of the Irvine, California manufacturing facility and the move of production to Beverly, Massachusetts.

Gross profit

 

 

Year ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

Percentage

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Change

 

Gross Profit (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wireline Products

 

$

34,383

 

$

22,102

 

 

55.6

%

 

Wireless/OEM Products

 

8,836

 

9,203

 

 

(4.0

)

 

Global Services

 

3,483

 

3,058

 

 

13.9

 

 

Specialty Manufacturing/Other

 

1,369

 

795

 

 

72.2

 

 

Timing, Test and Measurement Division

 

23,366

 

13,473

 

 

73.4

 

 

Other cost of sales

 

(9,773

)

(2,300

)

 

324.9

 

 

Total Gross Profit

 

$

61,664

 

$

46,331

 

 

33.1

%

 

Percentage of Revenue

 

35.7

%

35.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

28




In fiscal 2004, gross profit, excluding other cost of sales, increased $15.3 million, or 33.1%, compared to fiscal 2003. This increase was consistent with the revenue increase of 30.9%. Gross profit for the Wireline Products increased $12.3 million, or 55.6%, which was higher than the 16.2% revenue increase for the same period due to the improvements mentioned in the cost of revenue commentary. Gross profit for the Wireless /OEM products decreased $0.4 million, or 4.0%, which was lower than the 11.8% revenue increase in the same period primarily due to the 2004 shutdown of the Irvine, California manufacturing facility. Gross profit for Global Services increased $0.4 million, or 13.9%, which was lower than the 115.9% revenue increase for the same period due to an increase in sales volume. Gross profit for the Specialty Manufacturing/Other products increased $0.6 million, or 72.2%, which was lower than 92.2% revenue increase for the same period. Gross profit for the Timing, Test and Measurement products increased $9.9 million, or 73.4%, which was higher than the 59.0% revenue increase for the same period due to the savings mentioned in the cost of revenue commentary. In fiscal 2004, gross margin decreased by $7.5 million, or 324.9%, of revenue for the other cost of sales primarily due to the closure of the Irvine, California manufacturing facility and the move of production to Beverly, Massachusetts.

Operating Expense

Research and development

 

 

Year ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

Percentage

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Change

 

Research and development expense (in thousands)

 

$

16,772

 

$

21,468

 

 

(21.9

)%

 

Percentage of Revenue

 

9.7

%

16.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and benefits, prototype expenses, and fees paid to outside consultants. Research and development expenses decreased 21.9% to $16.8 million in fiscal 2004 from $21.5 million in fiscal 2003. The $4.7 million decrease in research and development expenses was primarily due to reductions in headcount and expenses for the Broadband Network Division and due to headcount and expense reductions in San Jose, California; Austin, Texas and Irvine, California related primarily to the synergies from the acquisitions.

Selling, general and administrative including amortization of intangibles

 

 

Year ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

Percentage

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Change

 

Selling, general and administrative including amortization of intangibles (in thousands)

 

$

46,663

 

$

47,915

 

 

(2.6

)%

 

Percentage of Revenue

 

27.0

%

36.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries, benefits, sales commissions and travel related expenses for our sales and services, finance, human resources, information technology and facilities departments. Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased 2.6% to $46.7 million in fiscal 2004 from $47.9 million in fiscal 2003. In fiscal 2004, we had a total of 187 employees in our selling, general and administrative departments, compared to 229 employees in fiscal 2003. The decrease in headcount resulted from restructuring plans for the integration of TrueTime and Datum. However, expenses decreased by only 2.6% because the savings from headcount reductions were partially offset by $0.9 million of costs related to our compliance process for the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and $0.3 million in severance expenses.

29




Integration and restructuring charges

 

 

Year ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

Percentage

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Change

 

Integration and restructuring charges (in thousands)

 

$

2,325

 

$

6,711

 

 

(65.4

)%

 

Percentage of Revenue

 

1.3

%

5.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

During fiscal 2004, we recorded integration and restructuring charges of $2.3 million in acquisition-related costs and other restructuring expenses. Of these costs, $1.6 million was related to our facility restructuring in Irvine, California and $0.7 million was for land remediation accruals related to a former Datum facility in Austin, Texas. See Note O of our notes to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of integration and restructuring charges.

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

Year ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

Percentage

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Change

 

Impairment of goodwill (in thousands)

 

 

$

 

 

$

14,723

 

 

(100.0

)%

 

Percentage of Revenue

 

 

%

 

11.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

We performed our annual goodwill impairment test as of June 30, 2004 and determined that goodwill was not impaired.

During fiscal 2003 we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $14.7 million. We completed the acquisition of TrueTime and Datum during the second quarter of fiscal 2003. In connection with the acquisitions of TrueTime and Datum during the second quarter of fiscal 2003, we recorded an additional $72.8 million of goodwill. This goodwill was based upon the values assigned to the transactions at the time they were announced, March 2002 for TrueTime and May 2002 for Datum, using a Symmetricom stock price of $6.20 and $5.69 per share, respectively. At the end of the second quarter of fiscal 2003 on December 31, 2002, when the Symmetricom stock price was $4.22, which represented a decline of 31.9% and 25.8% from the Symmetricom stock price as of the acquisition announcement dates for TrueTime and Datum, respectively, management determined that goodwill was likely impaired as forecasts for anticipated revenue growth for the telecommunications industry had declined since the transactions were valued.

We compared the fair values of the reporting units to their respective carrying values and determined that the carrying values for two of the reporting units were impaired. The fair values of the reporting units were estimated using the present value of estimated future cash flows based on management’s estimates of future revenues. We recorded the $14.7 million excess of the carrying value of the reporting units goodwill over its implied fair value as an impairment loss in accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.”

During fiscal 2003, in addition to the goodwill impairment test performed as of December 31, 2003, we performed our annual goodwill impairment test for fiscal 2003 as of June 30, 2003, and determined that goodwill from continuing operations was not impaired. However, due to the discontinued operations of the Trusted Time Division, we recorded an impairment charge from continuing operations of $11.6 million for goodwill associated with that division.

30




Acquired in-process research and development expenses

 

 

Year ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

Percentage

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Change

 

Acquired in process research and development (in thousands)

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,561

 

 

(100.0

)%

 

Percentage of Revenue

 

 

%

 

1.2

%

 

 

 

 

 

During fiscal 2004, we did not record any purchased in-process research and development expense. During fiscal 2003, $1.6 million of the purchase price of the Datum and TrueTime acquisitions was allocated to purchased in-process research and development expense based upon the values assigned to the acquisitions. Projects that qualify as in-process research and development represent those that have not yet reached technological feasibility and have no alternative future use. Technological feasibility is defined as being equivalent to a beta-phase working prototype in which there is no remaining risk relating to the development. The $1.6 million represented $1.2 million from Datum and $0.4 million from TrueTime. The projected value of these projects was determined by estimating the discounted net cash flows from the sale of the products resulting from the completion of the projects, reduced by the portion of the revenue attributable to developed technology and the percentage of completion of the project.

The nature of the efforts to develop the purchased in-process research and development into commercially viable products principally relates to the completion of all prototyping and testing activities that are necessary to establish that the product can meet its design specification including function, features and technical performance requirements. Therefore, the amount allocated to in-process research and development has been charged to operations.

Loss on sale of equity investments

 

 

Year ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

Percentage

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Change

 

Loss on equity investments, net (in thousands)

 

 

$

 

 

$

(450

)

 

(100.0

)%

 

Percentage of Revenue

 

 

%

 

(0.3

)%

 

 

 

 

 

During fiscal 2003, we recorded a net loss of $0.5 million on the sale of equity investments primarily due to impairment losses on investment in Sarantel Ltd. During fiscal 2004, we did not sell any equity investments.

Interest income

 

 

Year ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

Percentage

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Change

 

Interest income (in thousands)

 

$

308

 

$

625

 

 

(50.7

)%

 

Percentage of Revenue

 

0.2

%

0.5

%

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income decreased 50.7% to $0.3 million in fiscal 2004 from $0.6 million in fiscal 2003. This decrease was primarily due to a lower average cash balance during the first three quarters of fiscal 2004, as well as lower average interest rates during fiscal 2004 compared to fiscal 2003.

31




Interest expense

 

 

Year ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

Percentage

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Change

 

Interest expense (in thousands)

 

$

(585

)

$

(628

)

 

(6.8

)%

 

Percentage of Revenue

 

(0.3

)%

(0.5

)%

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense consists primarily of interest on our capital lease for our headquarters building in San Jose, California. Interest expense remained consistent at $0.6 million in fiscal 2004 and 2003.

Income tax benefit

 

 

Year ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

Percentage

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Change

 

Income tax benefit (in thousands)

 

$

(2,123

)

$

(12,153

)

 

(82.5

)%

 

Percentage of Revenue

 

(1.2

)%

(9.2

)%

 

 

 

 

 

Our income tax benefit was $2.1 million (effective tax rate of 48.5%) in fiscal 2004 compared to an income tax benefit of $12.2 million (effective tax rate of 26.1%) in fiscal 2003. The effective tax rate has fluctuated significantly as a result of the impact of the fiscal 2003 write-off or impairment of non-deductible goodwill and disposition of business lines. Our effective tax rate has also been affected by the percentage of qualified Puerto Rico earnings compared to total earnings, as most of our Puerto Rico earnings are taxed under Section 936 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, which exempts qualified Puerto Rico earnings from federal income taxes. This exemption is subject to wage-based and other limitations and expires at the end of fiscal 2006.

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

 

Year ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

Percentage

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Change

 

Gain (loss) from discountinued operations, net of tax (in thousands)

 

 

$

13

 

 

$

(14,970

)

 

(100.1

)%

 

Percentage of Revenue

 

 

%

 

(11.3

)%

 

 

 

 

 

In June 2003, we discontinued the operation of the Trusted Time Division as part of our post-acquisition consolidation process. The division was acquired as part of the acquisition of Datum in October 2002. The division has been accounted for as a discontinued operation and, accordingly, the results of operations have been excluded from continuing operations in the consolidated statements of operations. During fiscal 2004, we recorded a gain of $13,000 from our discontinued operations. During fiscal 2003, we recorded a $15.0 million loss, or $0.42 per share, net of taxes, of which $12.7 million was due to the loss on disposal, and $2.3 million were operational losses. The loss from disposal consisted of an $11.6 million goodwill impairment charge and a $1.1 million impairment charge for intangible assets.

Net loss

 

 

Year ended

 

 

 

 

 

June 30,

 

Percentage

 

 

 

2004

 

2003

 

Change

 

Net loss (in thousands)

 

$

(2,237

)

$

(49,317

)

 

(95.5

)%

 

Percentage of Revenue

 

(1.3

)%

(37.3

)%

 

 

 

 

 

32




As a result of the factors above, we incurred a net loss of $2.2 million, or $0.05 per basic and diluted share, in fiscal 2004 compared to a net loss of $49.3 million, or $1.38 per basic and diluted share, in fiscal 2003.

Key Operating Metrics

Key operating metrics for measuring our performance include sales backlog, contract revenue, headcount and deferred revenue. These metrics, which compare fiscal 2005 with fiscal 2004, are listed below.

Sales backlog:

Our backlog consists of firm orders that have yet to be shipped to the customer, or may not be shippable to a customer until a future period. Most orders included in backlog can be rescheduled or cancelled by customers without significant penalty. Historically, a substantial portion of net revenue in any fiscal period has been derived from orders received during that fiscal period. Our total backlog amounted to $31.0 million as of June 30, 2005, compared to $41.8 million as of June 30, 2004. Our backlog, which is shippable within the next six months, was $20.5 million as of June 30, 2005, compared to $27.9 million as of June 30, 2004.

Contract revenue:

Revenue from contracts that require development and manufacture in accordance with customer specifications and have a lengthy development period may be categorized into two types: firm fixed price and cost-plus reimbursement. Revenue is recognized under the fixed price contracts using the percentage of completion method, (cost-to-cost basis) principally based upon the costs incurred relative to the total estimated costs at completion on the individual contracts. Any anticipated losses on contracts are charged to operations as soon as they are determinable. Revenue recognized under cost-plus contracts is recognized on the basis of direct and indirect costs incurred plus a negotiated profit calculated as a percentage of costs or as performance based award fee. Revenue from long-term contracts is reviewed periodically, with adjustments recorded in the period in which the revisions are made. As of June 30, 2005, we have approximately $4.7 million in contract revenue to be performed and recognized within the next 36 months, compared to approximately $3.4 million in contract revenue that was to be performed and recognized within the following 36 months as of June 30, 2004. These amounts have been accounted for as part of our sales backlog discussed above.

Headcount:

Our consolidated headcount as of June 30, 2005 was comprised of 779 regular employees and 51 temporary employees, compared to 754 regular employees and 125 temporary employees as of June 30, 2004.

Deferred revenue:

Deferred revenue is comprised of deferred revenue on sales of goods with special terms, which are recognized when the special terms are satisfied; maintenance contracts, which are recognized ratably over the maintenance period; and distributor return allowances, which are based on historical return averages with certain distributors. Deferred revenue for sales of goods with special terms was $0.2 million as of June 30, 2005, compared to $0.6 million as of June 30, 2004. Deferred revenue for maintenance contracts was $1.4 million as of June 30, 2005, compared to $0.8 million as of June 30, 2004. Deferred revenue for distributor return allowances was $0.6 million as of June 30, 2005, compared to $0.7 million as of June 30, 2004.

33




Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of June 30, 2005, working capital was $223.1 million compared to $72.3 million as of June 30, 2004. Cash and cash equivalents as of June 30, 2005 increased $71.4 million to $105.6 million from $34.2 million as of June 30, 2004. This increase was primarily the result of $27.2 million in cash provided by operating activities, $77.5 million in cash used for investing activities and $121.7 million in cash provided by financing activities. Short-term investments increased from $13.4 million as of June 30, 2004 to $89.5 million as of June 30, 2005. This increase resulted primarily from the issuance of convertible notes and the fact that we decided to invest more in short-term investments during fiscal 2005.

The $27.2 million net cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2005 was primarily attributable to a net profit of $17.9 million and non-cash expenses related to depreciation and amortization of $11.3 million, which was partially offset by a $0.1 million increase in accounts receivable and $2.7 million increase in accounts payable. The increase in accounts receivable was the result of higher sales during the fiscal 2005 compared to fiscal 2004. The $77.5 million net cash used for investing activities in fiscal 2005 was primarily attributable to $83.5 million in purchases of short-term investments and $3.1 million in purchases of plant and equipment, which was partially offset by $7.5 million in maturities of short-term investments and $1.6 million proceeds from the sale of a building in Austin. The $121.7 million net cash provided by financing activities was primarily attributable to $8.0 million in proceeds from the issuance of common stock due to stock option exercises and $116.2 million proceeds from a convertible note arrangement initiated in June 2005, which was offset by $1.8 million repurchase of common stock and $1.1 million for repayment of long term obligation.

Our total capital spending commitments outstanding as of June 30, 2005 were $1.4 million. Days sales outstanding in accounts receivable was 58 days as of June 30, 2005, an increase from 53 days as of June 30, 2004 due to higher percentage of revenue in the last quarter of fiscal 2005.

We believe that our existing cash resources will be sufficient to meet our anticipated operating and working capital expenditure needs in the ordinary course of business for at least the next 12 months and the foreseeable future. We base our expense levels in part on our expectation of future revenue levels. If our revenue for a particular period is lower than we expect, we may take steps to reduce our operating expenses accordingly. If cash generated from operations is insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements or if we require additional capital resources to grow our business or to acquire complementary technologies and businesses in the future, we may seek to issue additional equity securities or obtain additional debt financing. Additional financing may not be available at all or on terms favorable to us. Additional financing may also be dilutive to our existing stockholders. We do not have any arrangements or relationships with entities that are not consolidated into our financial statements that are reasonably likely to materially affect our liquidity or the availability of our capital resources.

On June 8, 2005, the Company sold $120 million of contingent convertible subordinated notes (the “Notes”), which mature on June 15, 2025 and bear interest at the rate of 3.25 % per annum. Interest on the Notes is payable semi-annually in June and December of each year beginning on December 15, 2005. The Notes are unsecured obligations and are subordinated in right of payment to all of our existing and future senior debt, including our indebtedness under our senior credit facilities. The Notes are structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and liabilities of our subsidiaries.

The Notes are convertible, at the holder’s option, prior to the maturity date into cash and, if applicable, shares of our common stock in the following circumstances:

·       Prior to June 15, 2023, if the common stock price for a least 20 trading days in the period of 30 consecutive days ending on the last trading day of the calendar quarter preceding the quarter in which the conversion occurs is more than 125% of the conversion price of the notes in effect on that 30th trading day;

34




·       On or after June 15, 2023, at all times on or after any date on which the common stock price is more than 125% of the then current conversion price;

·       During the five consecutive business-day period following any five consecutive trading-day period in which the trading price for the notes for each such trading-day was less than 95% of the average of the sale price of our common stock during such five trading-day period multiplied by the then current conversion rate;

·       If we have called the particular notes for redemption and the redemption has not yet occurred; or

·       Upon the occurrence of specified corporate transactions.

Holders may convert any outstanding Notes into cash and, if applicable, shares of our common stock at an initial conversion price per share of $12.49. On June 2, 2005, the reported closing bid price of our common stock was $9.91 per share.

Also, on or after June 20, 2012, we may redeem some or all of the Notes at any time or from time to time at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, (including liquidated damages, if any) up to but not including the date of redemption, payable in cash. Holders may require us to repurchase all or a portion of their Notes on June 15, 2012, 2015 and 2020 for a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest   (including liquidated damages, if any) up to but not including the date of repurchase, payable in cash, plus, in the event of certain change of control events related to us.

We may from time to time repurchase or redeem all or a portion of the Notes, if necessary, to comply with NASDAQ marketplace rule 4350(i)(1)(D). We may undertake such repurchase from time to time through privately negotiated or open-market transactions or other available means.

In connection with the issuance of these Notes, Symmetricom recorded bond fees of approximately $3.8 million, which will be amortized over a period of seven years until fiscal 2012.

On May 1, 2004, we entered into a credit agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association to obtain a revolving line of credit up to $5.0 million to be used as working capital. On June 1, 2005 this agreement was amended to allow the company to obtain a revolving line of credit up to $10.0 million to be used as working capital. The line of credit contains certain financial covenants and restrictions. The new line of credit expires on November 1, 2006. No borrowings were outstanding as of June 30, 2005.

On June 1, 2001, the Massachusetts Development Finance Agency issued a $2.7 million industrial development bond on Datum’s behalf to finance the expansion of Datum’s manufacturing facility in Beverly, Massachusetts. The bond matures on May 1, 2021. Interest on the bond is payable monthly at an adjustable rate of interest. The remarketing agent establishes the interest rate for each rate period at the lowest rate that in its judgment would permit the sale of the bonds at par value. The bond is collateralized by the line of credit with Wells Fargo Bank described above. As of June 30, 2005, the bond balance was $2.5 million.

Contractual Obligations

In connection with the Datum acquisition, we assumed Datum’s liability relating to the $2.7 million industrial development bond that was issued by the Massachusetts Development Finance Agency on June 1, 2001, to finance the expansion by Datum of its manufacturing facility in Beverly, Massachusetts. The bond matures on May 1, 2021. Interest on the bond is payable monthly at an adjustable rate of interest as determined by the remarketing agent for each rate period to be the lowest rate that in its judgment would permit the sale of the bonds at par. The bond is collateralized by a $2.7 million letter of credit issued under our credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank. As of June 30, 2005, the bond balance was $2.5 million.

35




We operate in multiple locations domestically and internationally. As such, certain facilities and equipment are leased under capital lease agreements or operating lease agreements. Due to excess capacity on several noncancelable leases as a result of the economic downturn, we subleased certain facilities and recognized lease loss liability for the remainder.

We incur purchase commitments during our normal course of business. As of June 30, 2005, our principal commitments totaled $13.8 million and related primarily to commitments to purchase inventory.

In connection with the Datum acquisition, we assumed Datum’s post-retirement health care benefits plan. Post-retirement benefits are recognized over the employee’s service period based on a 5.1% discounted rate to the employee and the employee’s beneficiaries after retirement. The health care plan was curtailed as of December 31, 2002, and only existing retired participants and former Datum employees, now employed by Symmetricom and who meet the retirement eligibility requirements by December 31, 2004, are eligible for participation. The health care plan is a contributory plan.

The following table summarizes our contractual cash obligations as of June 30, 2005, and the effect such obligations are expected to have on liquidity and cash flow in future periods.

 

 

Payments due by period

 

 

 

 

 

Less than

 

 

 

 

 

More than

 

Contractual Obligations

 

 

 

Total

 

1 year

 

1-3 years

 

3-5 years

 

5 years

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Bond payable

 

$

2,475

 

 

$

70

 

 

$

140

 

 

$

140

 

 

$

2,125

 

Convertible subordinate notes

 

120,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

120,000

 

Capital lease obligations

 

5,805

 

 

1,412

 

 

3,068

 

 

1,325

 

 

 

Operating leases obligations(1)

 

22,683

 

 

2,374

 

 

5,304

 

 

4,230

 

 

10,775

 

Purchase obligations

 

13,847

 

 

11,140

 

 

2,707

 

 

 

 

 

Post-retirement benefits liabilities

 

415

 

 

45

 

 

150

 

 

85

 

 

135

 

Lease loss accrual

 

946

 

 

667

 

 

193

 

 

73

 

 

13

 

Total contractual cash obligations

 

166,171

 

 

15,708

 

 

11,562

 

 

5,853

 

 

133,048

 

Sublessor agreements

 

(2,916

)

 

(594

)

 

(1,163

)

 

(884

)

 

(275

)

Net

 

$

163,255

 

 

$

15,114

 

 

$

10,399

 

 

$

4,969

 

 

$

132,773

 


(1)          Operating lease obligation is already net against the lease loss accrual

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, or FIN 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities,” in January 2003, and a revised interpretation of FIN 46, or FIN 46R, in December 2003. FIN 46 requires certain variable interest entities to be consolidated by the primary beneficiary of the entity if the equity investors in the entity do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. The adoption of FIN 46R in the second quarter of fiscal year 2004 did not have an impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In December 2003, the Securities Exchange Commission, or the SEC, issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, Revenue Recognition, or SAB 104, which codifies, revises and rescinds certain sections of SAB 101, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements,” in order to make this interpretive guidance consistent with current authoritative accounting and auditing guidance and SEC rules and regulations. The adoption did not have a material effect on our operating results or financial condition.

In March 2004, the EITF reached a final consensus on Issue 03-01, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and its Application to Certain Investments,” to provide additional guidance in determining whether investment securities have an impairment, which should be considered, other-than-

36




temporary. The adoption of Issue 03-01 did not have an effect on our operating results or financial condition.

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (FAS 123R) that addresses the accounting for share-based payment transactions in which an enterprise receives employee services in exchange for either equity instruments of the enterprise or liabilities that are based on the fair value of the enterprise’s equity instruments or that may be settled by the issuance of such equity instruments. The statement eliminates the ability to account for share-based compensation transactions using the intrinsic value method as prescribed by Accounting Principles Board, or APB, Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and generally requires that such transactions be accounted for using a fair-value-based method and recognized as expenses in our consolidated statement of income. The statement requires companies to assess the most appropriate model to calculate the value of the options. We currently use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value options and are currently assessing which model we may use in the future under the statement and may deem an alternative model to be the most appropriate. The use of a different model to value options may result in a different fair value than the use of the Black-Scholes option pricing model. In addition, there are a number of other requirements under the new standard that will result in differing accounting treatment than currently required. These differences include, but are not limited to, the accounting for the tax benefit on employee stock options and for stock issued under our employee stock purchase plan. In addition to the appropriate fair value model to be used for valuing share-based payments, we will also be required to determine the transition method to be used at date of adoption. The allowed transition methods include prospective and retroactive adoption methods. Under the retroactive methods, prior periods may be restated either as of the beginning of the year of adoption or for all periods presented. The prospective method requires that compensation expense be recorded for all unvested stock options and restricted stock at the beginning of the first quarter of adoption of FAS 123R, while the retroactive methods would record compensation expense for all unvested stock options and restricted stock beginning with the first period restated. The effective date of the new standard for our consolidated financial statements is the first quarter of fiscal 2006, which begins on July 4, 2005.

Upon adoption, this statement will have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements because we will be required to expense the fair value of our stock option grants and stock purchases under our employee stock purchase plan rather than disclose the impact on our consolidated net income within our footnotes as is our current practice (see Note A of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained herein). The amounts disclosed within our footnotes are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that will be expensed upon the adoption of FAS 123R. Compensation expense calculated under FAS 123R may differ from amounts currently disclosed within our footnotes based on changes in the fair value of our common stock, changes in the number of options granted or the terms of such options, the treatment of tax benefits and changes in interest rates or other factors. In addition, upon adoption of FAS 123R we may choose to use a different valuation model to value the compensation expense associated with employee stock options.

In December 2004, the FASB issued Financial Accounting Standard No.151, “Inventory Cost, an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4.” FAS 151clarifies the accounting for inventory when there are abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling cost, and wasted material. Under existing GAAP, items such as idle facility expense, excessive wasted material (spoilage), double freight, and re-handling cost may be “so abnormal” as to require treatment as current period charges rather than recorded as adjustment to the value of the inventory. FAS 151 requires that those items be recognized as current-period charges regardless of whether they meet the criterion of “so abnormal.” In addition, this Statement requires that allocation of fixed production overheads to the cost of conversion be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. The provision of this Statement will be effective for inventory

37




cost incurred after June 30, 2005. The adoption of FAS 151 is not expected to have a material effect on our financial position or result of operations.

In December 2004, the FASB staff issued FSP FAS 109-1, “Application of FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes,” to the Tax Deduction on Qualified Production Activities Provided by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “FSP”) to provide guidance on the application of Statement 109 to the provision within the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “Act”) that provides tax relief to U.S. domestic manufacturers. The FSP states that the manufacturers deduction provided for under the Act should be accounted for as a special deduction in accordance with Statement 109 and not as a tax rate reduction. A special deduction is accounted for by recording the benefit of the deduction in the year in which it can be taken in the company’s tax return, rather than by adjusting deferred tax assets and liabilities in the period of the Act’s enactment (which would have been done if the deduction on qualified production activities were treated as a change in enacted tax rates). The FSP was effective upon issuance. The adoption of the FSP did not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations. We are currently evaluating the future effects of the FSP.

In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 153, “Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets—An Amendment of APB Opinion No. 29.” SFAS No. 153 is based on the principle that nonmonetary asset exchanges should be recorded and measured at the fair value of the assets exchanged, with certain exceptions. This standard requires exchanges of productive assets to be accounted for at fair value, rather than at carryover basis, unless (1) neither the asset received nor the asset surrendered has a fair value that is determinable within reasonable limits or (2) the transactions lack commercial substance. SFAS No. 153 is effective for any nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring after June 30, 2005. Adoption of SFAS No. 153 is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections.” FASB Statement of Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 154 establishes new standards on accounting for changes in accounting principles. Pursuant to the new rules, all such changes must be accounted for by retrospective application to the financial statements of prior periods unless it is impracticable to do so. The Statement is effective for accounting changes and error corrections made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005, with early adoption permitted for changes and corrections made in years beginning after May 2005. Adoption of SFAS No. 154 is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Factors That May Affect Results

We have relied and may continue to rely on a limited number of customers for a significant portion of our net revenue, and our revenue could decline due to the delay of customer orders or cancellation of existing orders

Although a relatively small number of customers have historically accounted for a significant portion of our net revenue, no single customer accounted for 10% or more of our net revenue during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005 or fiscal 2004. However, we expect that we will continue to depend on a relatively small number of customers for a substantial portion of our net revenue for the foreseeable future. The timing and level of sales to our largest customers have fluctuated significantly in the past and are expected to continue to fluctuate significantly in the future. The loss of one or more of our significant customers, or a significant reduction or delay in sales to any customer, may harm our business and operating results. Major customers also have significant leverage and may attempt to change the terms, including pricing, upon which we do business, which could also harm our business and operating results.

38




We have direct or indirect sales pursuant to contracts with United States government agencies, which can be terminated at the convenience of the government, and our revenue would decline if the government terminated these contracts

Historically, approximately 10% to 16% of our net revenue was generated from sales to United States government agencies either directly or indirectly through subcontracts. Government-related contracts and subcontracts are subject to standard provisions for termination at the convenience of the government. In such event, however, we are generally entitled to reimbursement of costs incurred on the basis of work completed plus other amounts specified in each individual contract. These contracts and subcontracts are either fixed-price or cost reimbursable contracts. Fixed-price contracts provide fixed compensation for specified work. Under cost reimbursable contracts, we agree to perform specified work in return for reimbursement of costs (to the extent allowable under government regulations) and a specified fee. In general, while the risk of loss is greater under fixed-price contracts than under cost reimbursable contracts, the potential for profit under fixed-price contracts is greater than under cost reimbursable contracts.

If we are unable to develop new products, or we are delayed in production startup, our sales could decline

The markets for our products are characterized by:

·       rapidly changing technology;

·       evolving industry standards;

·       changes in end-user requirements;

·       frequent new product introductions; and

·       customers may perceive new products as deficient if there is miscommunication about product specifications.

Technological advancements could render our products obsolete and unmarketable. Our success will depend on our ability to respond to changing technologies and customer requirements and our ability to develop and introduce new and enhanced products in a cost-effective and timely manner. The development of new or enhanced products is a complex and uncertain process requiring the accurate anticipation of technological and market trends. We may experience design, manufacturing, marketing and other difficulties that could delay or prevent the development, introduction or marketing of our new products and enhancements.

We believe that the need for synchronization is moving further out from the core of the network (where our products are currently used) to the “edge of the network.” If this occurs, the products needed to meet the synchronization at the edge of the network will probably be products sold at lower price points, with fewer features and may be sold through OEM and redistributor markets. This would mean that competition may be greater, unit volume might increase, and gross margins may be lower.

The introduction of new or enhanced products also requires that we manage a smooth transition from older products to new products. Delays in new product development or delays in production startup could reduce our sales.

The telecommunications market is highly competitive, and if we are unable to compete successfully in our markets, our revenue could decline

Competition in the telecommunications industry in general, and in the markets we serve, is intense and likely to increase substantially. We face competition in all of our markets. Competitors in our synchronization products segment include Frequency Electronics, Inc., Huawei Technologies Co. Ltd., Emrise Corp., and Oscilloquartz SA. Competitors in our wireless segment include Frequency

39




Electronics, Inc. and Trimble Navigation, Ltd. In the enterprise network timing and frequency market, we compete primarily with Meinberg and EndRun Technologies. In the cesium standards market, we compete primarily with Agilent Technologies, Inc. In the rubidium oscillators market, we compete primarily with Frequency Electronics, Inc., SRR and Temex. In addition, certain companies, such as Perkin Elmer, Inc., that currently manufacture products for use in military applications could enter commercial markets and compete directly with us. Competitors in our timing and frequency, test and measurement segment include Frequency Electronics, Inc., Trak Systems, Inc. (a Veritas Corporation subsidiary) and Brandywine Communications. In addition, the Telecommunications Act of 1996 permits ILECs to manufacture telecommunications equipment, which may result in increased competition. Our ability to compete successfully in the future will depend on many factors including:

·       the cost-effectiveness, quality, price, service and market acceptance of our products;

·       our response to the entry of new competitors into our markets or the introduction of new products by our competitors;

·       the average selling prices for our products;

·       increased industry consolidation among our customers, which may lead to decreased demand for, and downward pricing pressure on the prices of, our products;

·       our ability to keep pace with changing technology and customer requirements;

·       our continued improvement of existing products;

·       the timely development or acquisition of new or enhanced products;

·       the timing of new product introductions by our competitors or us; and

·       changes in worldwide market and economic conditions.

Many of our competitors or potential competitors are well established and have significant financial, manufacturing, technical and marketing resources. These competitors may be able to respond more quickly to new and emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements, to devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of products, or to deliver competitive products at lower prices. We expect to continue to experience pricing pressures from our competitors in all of our markets. If we are unable to compete by delivering new products or by delivering competitive products at lower prices, we could lose market share and our revenue could decline.

Our quarterly and annual operating results have fluctuated in the past and may continue to fluctuate in the future, which could cause our stock price to decline and result in losses to our investors

We believe that period-to-period comparisons of our operating results may not be a good indication of our future performance. Our quarterly and annual operating results have fluctuated in the past and may continue to fluctuate in the future. Some of the factors that could cause our operating results to fluctuate include:

·       the resumption of recent adverse economic conditions, particularly within the telecommunications equipment industry, which may result in revenue declines;

·       restructuring and integration-related charges;

·       goodwill impairment charges related to acquisitions;

·       our ability to obtain sufficient supplies of sole or limited source components at commercially reasonable prices;

40




·       changes in our products or mix of sales to customers;

·       although, we have been selected as a supplier in RFPs from several major wireline customers, this does not guarantee any purchases;

·       our ability to manage fluctuations in manufacturing yields of rubidium oscillators and cesium tubes;

·       our ability to manage the level and value of our inventories in relation to sales volume;

·       our ability to accurately anticipate the volume and timing of customer orders or customer cancellations;

·       our ability to collect receivables from our customers, including those in the telecommunications industry;

·       the gain or loss of significant customers;

·       our ability to introduce new products on a timely and cost-effective basis;

·       customer delays in qualification of new products;

·       market acceptance of new or enhanced versions of our products and our competitors’ products;

·       our ability to manage increased competition and competitive pricing pressures;

·       increased industry consolidation among our customers, which may lead to decreased demand for, and downward pricing pressure on the prices of, our products;

·       our ability to manage fluctuations, especially declines, in the average selling prices of our products;

·       our ability to manage the long sales cycle associated with our products;

·       our ability to manage cyclical conditions in the telecommunications industry;

·       our ability to retain key employees, which could affect our ability to sell, develop and deliver our products;

·       reduced rates of growth of telecommunications services;

·       the need for synchronization at the edge of the network;

·       customers may delay upgrading their old equipment with our new products;

·       our ability to establish in a timely fashion subsidiaries in new geographic regions, which our customers or potential customers may require to do business with us in those regions;

·       international customers may delay purchasing products for increased voice, data and video traffic;

·       customers in the wireless market may delay adding new base stations which require our products;

·       customers may experience labor strikes which could result in reduced sales volume; and

·       customers in the wireless market may switch from buying Rubidium based products which is internally manufactured to Quartz based products which is purchased and sold at a lower price point, which may result in lower revenue and gross margins.

A significant portion of our operating and manufacturing expenses are relatively fixed in nature and planned expenditures are based in part on anticipated orders. If we are unable to adjust spending in a timely manner to compensate for any unexpected future sales shortfall, our operating results will be negatively impacted. Our operations entail a high level of fixed costs and require an adequate volume of production and sales to achieve and maintain reasonable gross profit margins and net earnings. If we

41




increase the volume of product manufacturing by outside sources and decrease our internal production, we could incur higher fixed costs (per unit) and integration and restructuring charges. Significant decreases in demand for our products or reduction in our average selling prices, or any material delay in customer orders may negatively harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our future results depend in large part on growth in the markets for our products. The growth in each of these markets may depend on changes in general economic conditions; conditions related to the markets in which we compete, changes in regulatory conditions, legislation, export rules or conditions, interest rates and fluctuations in the business cycle for any particular market segment. If our quarterly or annual operating results do not meet the expectations of securities analysts and investors, the trading price of our common stock could decline significantly.

If we incur net losses in the future, we may have to record a valuation allowance against most or all of our deferred tax assets, which would significantly increase our tax expense and hurt our net earnings

Although we had net earnings of $17.9 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005, we had net losses for the three preceding fiscal years. Future losses may create uncertainty about the recoverability of our $48.7 million net deferred tax assets. If we record a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, we would record an additional tax expense, which would reduce net earnings. In addition, these uncertainties about the recoverability of our deferred tax assets would limit our ability to recognize future deferred tax assets on our balance sheet and correspondingly reduce net earnings. At the end of each fiscal quarter, our management reviews the results of operations for that quarter and forecasts for the remainder of the fiscal year and future years to determine if it is more likely than not that a valuation allowance for the deferred tax assets is needed.

We purchase certain key components of our synchronization and timing and frequency equipment from single or limited sources and could lose sales if these sources fail to fulfill our needs

We have limited suppliers for a number of our components, which are key components of our synchronization and timing and frequency equipment. If single source components were to become unavailable on satisfactory terms, we would be required to purchase comparable components from other sources. If for any reason we could not obtain comparable replacement components from other sources in a timely manner, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed. In addition, some of our suppliers require long lead-times to deliver requested quantities of components. If we are unable to obtain sufficient quantities of components, we could experience delays or reductions in product shipments, which could also have a material adverse effect on our business, result of operations and financial condition. Due to rapid changes in technology, on occasion, one or more of the components used in our products have become unavailable, resulting in unanticipated redesign and related delays in shipments. We cannot assure you that similar delays will not occur in the future.

Our products are complex and may contain errors or design flaws, which could be costly to correct

Our products are complex and often use state-of-the-art components, processes and techniques. When we release new products, or new versions of existing products, they may contain undetected or unresolved errors or defects. Despite testing, errors or defects may be found in new products or upgrades after the commencement of commercial shipments. Undetected errors and design flaws have occurred in the past and could occur in the future. These errors could result in delays, loss of market acceptance and sales, diversion of development resources, damage to our reputation, legal action by our customers, failure to attract new customers, and increased service and warranty costs. The occurrence of any of these factors could cause our net revenue to decline.

42




Our critical business and manufacturing facilities in Puerto Rico and San Jose, California, as well as many our customers and suppliers are located near known hurricane zones and earthquake fault zones and the occurrence of an earthquake, hurricanes or other catastrophic disaster, could cause damage to our facilities and equipment, which could require us, as well as our customers and suppliers to cease, curtail or disrupt operations

If we fail to protect our intellectual property, our competitive position could be weakened and our revenues may decline

We believe our success will depend in a large part on our ability to protect trade secrets, obtain or license patents and operate without infringing on the rights of others. We rely on a combination of trademark, copyright and patent registration, contractual restrictions and internal security to establish and protect our proprietary rights. These measures may not provide sufficient protection for our trade secrets or other proprietary information. We have United States and international patents and patent applications pending that cover certain technology used by our operations. However, while we believe that our patents have value, we rely primarily on innovation, technological expertise and marketing competence to maintain our competitive position. While we intend to continue our efforts to obtain patents whenever possible, there can be no assurance that patents will be issued, or that new, or existing patents will not be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, or that the rights granted will provide us with any commercial benefit.

Third parties may assert intellectual property infringement claims, which would be difficult to defend, costly and may result in our loss of significant rights

The telecommunications industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent litigation based on allegations of patent infringement. We are subject to the risk of adverse claims and litigation alleging infringement of the intellectual property rights of others. Although we are currently not a party to any intellectual property litigation, from time to time we have received claims asserting that we have infringed the proprietary rights of others. We cannot assure you that third parties will not assert infringement claims against us in the future, or that any such claims will not result in costly litigation or require us to obtain a license for such intellectual property rights regardless of the merit of such claims. No assurance can be given that any necessary licenses will be available or that, if available, such licenses can be obtained on commercially reasonable terms. In the event any necessary licenses are not available, we may not be able to sell or distribute our products, which may have a material adverse effect on our business.

If we acquire other companies and are unable to smoothly integrate the businesses we acquire, our operations and financial results could be harmed

As part of our business strategy we have engaged in acquisitions in the past, including the acquisitions of TrueTime and Datum, and certain assets from Agilent Technologies, and continue to evaluate other acquisition opportunities that could provide additional product or service offerings, technologies or additional industry expertise. Acquisitions involve risks, which include the following:

·       we may be exposed to unknown liabilities of the acquired business;

·       we may incur significant (one-time) write-offs;

·       we may experience problems in combining the acquired operations, technologies or products;

·       we may not realize the revenue and profits that we expect the acquired businesses to generate;

·       we may not achieve the cost savings we hope to obtain from combining the acquired operations with ours;

43




·       we may experience regulatory difficulties and unbudgeted expenses in attempting to complete an acquisition;

·       we may encounter unanticipated acquisition or integration costs that could cause our quarterly or annual operating results to fluctuate;

·       our management’s attention may be diverted from our core business;

·       our existing business relationships with suppliers and customers may be impaired;

·       we may not be successful in entering new markets in which we have no or limited experience;

·       key employees of the acquired businesses may have expertise and know-how, and we may not be able to retain some of these key employees, and some of them may join or start competing businesses; and

·       our earnings per share may be diluted if we pay for an acquisition with equity securities.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully integrate any business, products, technologies or personnel from any recent or future acquisitions. If we fail to successfully integrate acquisitions or to achieve any anticipated benefits of an acquisition, our operations and business could be harmed. Additionally, we may experience difficulty integrating and managing the acquired business operations. For these reasons, we cannot be certain what effect acquisitions may have on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we sell shares of our common stock or other equity securities in the future financings, existing common stockholders will experience immediate dilution and, as a result, our stock price may go down

We may from time to time issue additional shares of common stock or other equity securities at a discount from the current trading price of our common stock. As a result, our existing common stockholders will experience immediate dilution upon the purchase of any shares of our common stock sold at such discount. We may have potential dilution for our shares with the $120.0 million convertible notes if our stock price reaches to $12.49 or more per share and our shares would be substantially diluted if we would not have sufficient funding to pay off the principal of notes or we could not be successful to refinance the notes when the notes are called. In addition, as opportunities present themselves, we may enter into financing or similar arrangements in the future, including the issuance of debt securities, preferred stock or common stock. If we issue common stock or securities convertible into common stock, our common stockholders will experience dilution.

We are subject to environmental regulations that could result in costly environmental liability

Our operations are subject to numerous international, federal, state and local environmental regulations related to the storage, use, labeling, discharge, disposal and human exposure to toxic, volatile or otherwise hazardous chemicals used in our manufacturing process. While we have not experienced any significant effects on our operations from environmental regulations, changes in these regulations may require additional capital expenditures or restrict our ability to expand our operations. Failure to comply with such regulations could result in suspension or cessation of our operations or could subject us to significant liabilities. We could also be subject to fines and civil or criminal sanctions, third-party property damage or personal injury claims, or could be required to incur substantial investigation or remediation costs, if we were to violate or become liable under environmental laws. Liability under environmental laws can be joint and several and without regard to comparative fault. Although we periodically review our facilities and internal operations for compliance with applicable environmental regulations, these reviews are necessarily limited in scope and frequency and may not reveal all potential instances of noncompliance, possible injury or possible contamination. There can be no assurance that violations of environmental laws

44




or regulations will not occur in the future as a result of the inability to obtain permits, human error, equipment failure or other causes. The liabilities arising from any noncompliance with environmental regulations, or liability resulting from accidental contamination or injury from toxic or hazardous chemicals could result in liability that exceeds our resources. The risk of liabilities increases as we acquire other companies, such as Datum, which use, or have used, hazardous substances at various current or former facilities.

A manufacturing facility previously operated by Datum in Austin, Texas is undergoing remediation for known subsurface contamination at that facility and adjoining properties. We believe that we will incur monitoring costs for years to come in connection with this subsurface contamination. Further, we have received a demand from adjoining landowner and may be subject to claims from other adjoining landowners, in addition to claims for remediation, and the amount of these costs and the extent of our exposure to these demands and claims cannot be determined at this time. The determination of the existence and cost of any additional contamination could involve costly and time-consuming negotiations and litigation. Remediation activities and subsurface contamination may require us to incur additional unreimbursed costs and could harm on-site operations and the future use and value of the property. The remediation efforts, the property owner’s claims and any related governmental action may expose us to material liability and could significantly harm our business.

Our operating results may be adversely affected as a result of our required compliance with the adopted European Union Directives on Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment and the Restriction of the Use of Hazardous Substances in electrical and electronic equipment

In January 2003, the European Union enacted Directive 2002/96/EC on Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive, known as the WEEE Directive. The WEEE Directive requires producers of certain electrical and electronic equipment to be financially responsible for the future disposal costs of this equipment. Some of our products fall within the scope of this Directive and as such we will incur some financial responsibility for the collection, recycling, treatment and disposal of both new product sold, and product already sold prior to the WEEE Directive’s enforcement date, to customers within the European Union.

At the same time, the European Union also enacted Directive 2002/95/EC on the Restriction of the use of Hazardous Substances in electrical and electronic equipment, known as the RoHS Directive. This Directive restricts the use of certain hazardous substances, including mercury, lead, cadmium, hexavalent chromium and certain flame retardants, used in the construction of component parts of electrical and electronic equipment. We may need to change our manufacturing processes, redesign or reformulate some of our products, and change some components to eliminate these hazardous substances in our products, in order to be able to continue to offer them for sale within the European Union.

Individual European Union member states are required to transpose the Directives into national legislation. Although not all European Union member states have enacted legislation to implement these two directives, we continue to review the applicability and impact of both directives on the sale of our products within the European Union. If we fail to comply with these laws, we may be forced to recall products and cease their manufacture and distribution, and we could be subject to civil or criminal penalties. We may incur increased manufacturing costs, and some products may be subject to production delays to comply with future legislation which implements these directives, but we cannot currently estimate the extent of such increased costs or production delays, if any. However, to the extent that any such cost increases or delays are substantial, our operating results could be materially adversely affected. In addition, we are aware of similar legislation which may be enacted in other countries, such as Japan and China, and possible new federal and state legislation in the United States, the cumulative impact of which could significantly increase our operating costs and adversely affect our operating results.

45




We are subject to other significant governmental regulations relating to health and safety, packaging, product content and labor regulations

Our business is subject to various other significant international, federal, state and local, health and safety, packaging, product content and labor regulations. These regulations are complex, change frequently and have become more stringent over time. We may be required to incur significant expenses to comply with these regulations or to remedy past violations of these regulations. Any failure by us to comply with applicable government regulations could also result in cessation of our operations or portions of our operations, product recalls or impositions of fines and restrictions on our ability to carry on or expand our operations. In addition, because many of our products are regulated or sold into regulated industries, we must comply with additional regulations in marketing our products. Our products and operations are also often subject to the rules of industrial standards bodies, like the International Standards Organization, as well as regulation of other agencies such as the United States Federal Communications Commission. If we fail to adequately address any of these regulations, our business may suffer.

Our customers may be subject to governmental regulations, which, if changed, could negatively impact our business results

Federal and state regulatory agencies, including the Federal Communications Commission and the various state public utility commissions and public service commissions, regulate most of our domestic telecommunications customers. Similar government oversight also exists in the international market. While we are not directly affected by this legislation, such regulation of our customers may negatively impact our business. For instance, the sale of our products may be affected by the imposition upon certain of our customers of common carrier tariffs and the taxation of telecommunications services. These regulations are continuously reviewed and changed by the various governmental agencies. Changes in current or future laws or regulations, in the United States or elsewhere, could negatively impact our business results.

Sales of a significant portion of our products to customers outside of the United States subjects us to business, economic and political risks

Our export sales, which are primarily to Western Europe, Latin America, Asia and Canada, accounted for 35% of net revenue during fiscal year 2005, compared to 32% of net revenue during fiscal 2004. We anticipate that sales to customers located outside of the United States will continue to be a significant part of our net revenue for the foreseeable future. Because significant portions of our sales are to customers outside of the United States we are subject to risks, including:

·       foreign currency fluctuations;

·       the effects of terrorist activity and armed conflict which may disrupt general economic activity and result in revenue shortfalls;

·       export restrictions;

·       longer payment cycles;

·       unexpected changes in regulatory requirements or tariffs;

·       protectionist laws and business practices that favor local competition;

·       dependence on local vendors; and

·       reduced or limited protection of intellectual property rights and political and economic instability.

To date, very few of our international revenue and cost obligations have been denominated in foreign currencies. As a result, an increase in the value of the United States dollar relative to foreign currencies could make our products more expensive, and thus, less competitive in foreign markets. A portion of our

46




international revenues may be denominated in foreign currencies in the future, including the Euro, which will subject us to risks associated with fluctuations in these foreign currencies. We do not currently engage in foreign currency hedging activities or derivative arrangements, but may do so in the future to the extent that such obligations become more significant.

If we have significant inventories that become obsolete or cannot be sold at acceptable prices, our results may be negatively impacted

Although we believe that we currently have made adequate adjustments for inventory that has declined in value, become obsolete, or is in excess of anticipated demand, there can be no assurance that such adjustments will be adequate. If significant inventories of our products become obsolete, or are otherwise not able to be sold at favorable prices, our results of operations could be materially affected.

We may be required to record additional goodwill impairment charges in future quarters

As of June 30, 2005, we had recorded goodwill with a net book value of $49.2 million related to acquisitions of Datum, TrueTime and certain assets of Hewlett Packard Company’s Communication Synchronization Business. We test for impairment at least annually and whenever evidence of impairment exists. We performed our annual goodwill impairment test as of June 30, 2005 and June 30, 2004 and determined that goodwill was not impaired. In fiscal 2003, we recorded a $14.7 million impairment charge for goodwill. In connection with the discontinuance of the Trusted Time Division in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, we recorded an additional $11.6 million impairment of goodwill. If our future financial performance or other events indicate that the value of our recorded goodwill is impaired, we may record additional impairment charges that could have a material adverse effect on our reported results.

Increases in our effective tax rate may negatively impact our net earnings

Our effective tax rate is affected by the percentage of qualified Puerto Rican earnings compared to our total earnings. Most of our Puerto Rican earnings are taxed under Section 936 of the United States Internal Revenue Code, which exempts qualified Puerto Rican earnings from federal taxes. The Section 936 exemption is subject to a variety of limitations before it expires at the end of fiscal 2006. Historically, we have reduced our effective tax rate using the Section 936 exemption. Our effective tax rate may increase in fiscal 2006 as forecasted qualified Puerto Rican earnings are expected to exceed the applicable Section 936 limitations. Additionally, the effective tax rate may fluctuate quarterly, depending on the percentage of quarterly Puerto Rican earnings to total earnings and changes to forecasts of full year Puerto Rican earnings and total earnings. An increase in our effective tax rate will increase our federal income taxes, negatively impact our net earnings and may affect cash flow.

We may be subject to additional taxes from tax reviews by foreign authorities

Although we believe that we have made adequate reserves for foreign tax provisions, there can be no assurance that such reserves will be adequate until the foreign authorities have reviewed the foreign tax filings.

Our sales and our cost may be affected by the ongoing movement towards environmentally friendly manufacturing (“green” manufacturing)

Various countries in the international marketplace are moving towards more environmentally friendly manufacturing requirements, and some companies or countries may require us to meet new standards, which could affect the sales of our products. These standards could possibly be based on the production methods of our manufacturing process, and materials used in this process. If we have to change our methods or processes to comply, our manufacturing costs may increase.

47




Investor confidence and share value may be adversely impacted if our independent auditors are unable to provide us with the attestation of the adequacy of our internal controls over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires us to evaluate the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting as of the end of each year beginning June 30, 2005, and to include a management report assessing the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting in all annual reports beginning with this Report. Section 404 also requires our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to, and report on, management’s assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting.

Our management, including our CEO and CFO, does not expect that our internal controls over financial reporting will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met.

Although our management has determined, and our independent registered public accounting firm has attested, that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of June 30, 2005, we cannot assure you that we or our independent registered public accounting firm will not identify a material weakness in our internal controls in the future. A material weakness in our internal controls over financial reporting would require management and our independent registered public accounting firm to evaluate our internal controls as ineffective. If our internal controls over financial reporting are not considered adequate, we may experience a loss of public confidence, which could have an adverse effect on our business and our stock price.

Item 7A.                Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Exposure

As of June 30, 2005, we had short-term investments of $89.5 million. These investments in corporate debt securities have maturity dates of greater than three months. Our corporate debt securities are subject to interest rate risk in as much as their fair value will fall if market interest rates increase. If market interest rates were to increase immediately and uniformly by 10% from the levels prevailing at June 30, 2005, the fair value of the portfolio would not decline by a material amount. Additionally, a 10% decrease in the market interest rates would not materially impact the fair value of the portfolio. We do not use derivative financial instruments to mitigate the risks inherent in these securities. However, we do attempt to reduce these risks by typically limiting the maturity date of such securities to no more than nine months, placing our investments with high credit quality issuers and limiting the amount of credit exposure with any one issuer. In addition, we believe that we currently have the ability to hold these investments until maturity, and therefore, believe that reductions in the value of these securities attributable to short-term fluctuations in interest rates would not materially harm our business.

On June 8, 2005, we had convertible subordinate notes with a fixed rate of 3.25%, which would have no interest rate risk impact to our business.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Exposure

Our exposure to market risk due to fluctuations in currency exchange rates relates primarily to the intercompany balances with our subsidiaries in the United Kingdom and Germany. Although we transact business with various countries, settlement amounts are usually based on United States currency. Transaction gains or losses have not been significant in the past and we do not presently engage in hedging activity. Based on the intercompany balances of $0.5 million with the United Kingdom and $0.2 million with Germany at June 30, 2005, a hypothetical 10% adverse change in sterling or Euro against United

48




States dollars would not result in a material foreign exchange loss. Consequently, we do not expect that reductions in the value of such intercompany balances, or of other accounts denominated in foreign currencies resulting from even a sudden or significant fluctuation in foreign exchange rates, would have a direct material impact on our business.

Notwithstanding the foregoing analysis of the direct effects of interest rate and currency exchange rate fluctuations on the value of certain of our investments and accounts, the indirect effects of such fluctuations could have a materially harmful effect on our business. For example, international demand for our products is affected by foreign currency exchange rates. In addition, interest rate fluctuations may affect the buying patterns of our customers. Furthermore, interest rate and currency exchange rate fluctuations have broad influence on the general condition of the United States, foreign and global economies which could materially harm our business.

49




Item 8.                        Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Supplementary quarterly financial data (unaudited):

 

 

First

 

Second

 

Third

 

Fourth

 

Total

 

 

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Quarter

 

Year

 

 

 

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Fiscal Year 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenue

 

$

51,958

 

$

47,964

 

$

43,815

 

$

45,410

 

$

189,147

 

Gross profit

 

23,318

 

22,879

 

20,759

 

21,572

 

88,528

 

Operating income

 

5,843

 

6,374

 

3,441

 

3,532

 

19,190

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

 

5,854

 

6,465

 

3,702

 

4,277

 

20,298

 

Income from continuing operations

 

4,485

 

4,583

 

2,819

 

5,867

 

17,754

 

Gain on discontinued operations

 

 

162

 

 

 

162

 

Net income

 

4,485

 

4,745

 

2,819

 

5,867

 

17,916

 

Basic earnings per share from continuing operations

 

0.10

 

0.10

 

0.06

 

0.13

 

0.39

 

Basic earnings per share from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic net earnings per share

 

0.10

 

0.10

 

0.06

 

0.13

 

0.39

 

Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations

 

0.10

 

0.10

 

0.06

 

0.12

 

0.38

 

Diluted earnings per share from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted net earnings per share

 

0.10

 

0.10

 

0.06

 

0.12

 

0.38

 

Fiscal Year 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenue

 

$

38,478

 

$

40,953

 

$

43,748

 

$

49,668

 

$

172,847

 

Gross profit

 

13,816

 

10,605

 

17,146

 

20,097

 

61,664

 

Operating income (loss)

 

(2,941

)

(5,878

)

2,390

 

2,333

 

(4,096

)

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

 

(3,018

)

(5,941

)

2,342

 

2,244

 

(4,373

)

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

(2,256

)

(3,867

)

1,750

 

2,123

 

(2,250

)

Gain (loss) on discontinued operations

 

(34

)

18

 

(1

)

30

 

13

 

Net income (loss)

 

(2,290

)

(3,849

)

1,749

 

2,153

 

(2,237

)

Basic earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations

 

(0.05

)

(0.09

)

0.04

 

0.05

 

(0.05

)

Basic earnings (loss) per share from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic net earnings (loss) per share

 

(0.05

)

(0.09

)

0.04

 

0.05

 

(0.05

)

Diluted earnings (loss) per share from continuing operations

 

(0.05

)

(0.09

)

0.04

 

0.05

 

(0.05

)

Diluted earnings (loss) per share from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted net earnings (loss) per share

 

(0.05

)

(0.09

)

0.04

 

0.05

 

(0.05

)

 

50







REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Symmetricom, Inc.
San Jose, California

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Symmetricom, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for the each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2005. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a)(2). These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Symmetricom, Inc. as of June 30, 2005 and 2004, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2005, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2005, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated September 9, 2005 expressed an unqualified opinion on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
September 9, 2005

52




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands)

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

105,635

 

$

34,213

 

Short-term investments

 

89,514

 

13,398

 

Cash and investments

 

195,149

 

47,611

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $874 and $763

 

29,049

 

28,941

 

Inventories

 

26,698

 

27,877

 

Prepaids and other current assets

 

10,827

 

9,720

 

Total current assets

 

261,723

 

114,149

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

23,063

 

27,936

 

Goodwill

 

49,248

 

49,248

 

Other intangible assets, net

 

10,272

 

14,665

 

Deferred taxes and other assets

 

47,365

 

41,092

 

Note receivable from employee

 

500

 

500

 

Total assets

 

$

392,171

 

$

247,590

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

12,684

 

$

15,372

 

Accrued compensation

 

9,062

 

9,661

 

Accrued warranty

 

3,338

 

3,194

 

Other accrued liabilities

 

12,416

 

12,506

 

Current maturities of long-term obligations

 

1,110

 

1,128

 

Total current liabilities

 

38,610

 

41,861

 

Long-term obligations

 

126,967

 

8,827

 

Deferred income taxes

 

419

 

418

 

Total liabilities

 

165,996

 

51,106

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 500 shares authorized, none issued

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 70,000 shares authorized, 46,836 shares issued and 46,329 outstanding in 2005; 45,475 shares issued and 44,915 outstanding in 2004

 

184,292

 

174,293

 

Stockholder note receivable

 

 

(555

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

100

 

(1

)

Deferred stock-based compensation

 

 

(1,120

)

Retained earnings

 

41,783

 

23,867

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

226,175

 

196,484

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

392,171

 

$

247,590

 

 

See notes to the consolidated financial statements.

53




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 (In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

Year ended June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Net revenue

 

$

189,147

 

$

172,847

 

$

132,049

 

Cost of products and services

 

96,720

 

101,410

 

80,314

 

Amortization of purchased technology

 

3,899

 

3,911

 

3,104

 

Write-off of Telmax royalty

 

 

 

567

 

Integration and restructuring charges

 

 

5,862

 

1,733

 

Gross profit

 

88,528

 

61,664

 

46,331

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

16,286

 

16,772

 

21,468

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

52,439

 

45,825

 

46,744

 

Amortization of intangibles

 

613

 

838

 

1,171

 

Integration and restructuring charges

 

 

2,325

 

6,711

 

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

 

14,723

 

Acquired in-process research and development

 

 

 

1,561

 

Operating income (loss)

 

19,190

 

(4,096

)

(46,047

)

Gain (loss) on equity investments, net

 

389

 

 

(450

)

Interest income

 

1,533

 

308

 

625

 

Interest expense

 

(814

)

(585

)

(628

)

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

20,298

 

(4,373

)

(46,500

)

Income tax provision (benefit)

 

2,544

 

(2,123

)

(12,153

)

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

17,754

 

(2,250

)

(34,347

)

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

162

 

13

 

(14,970

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

17,916

 

$

(2,237

)

$

(49,317

)

Earnings (loss) per share—basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

0.39

 

$

(0.05

)

$

(0.96

)

Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations

 

 

 

(0.42

)

Net earnings (loss)

 

$

0.39

 

$

(0.05

)

$

(1.38

)

Weighted average shares outstanding—basic

 

45,532

 

43,691

 

35,645

 

Earnings (loss) per share—diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

0.38

 

$

(0.05

)

$

(0.96

)

Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations

 

 

 

(0.42

)

Net earnings (loss)

 

$

0.38

 

$

(0.05

)

$

(1.38

)

Weighted average shares outstanding—diluted

 

46,936

 

43,691

 

35,645

 

 

See notes to the consolidated financial statements.

54




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholder

 

Other

 

Deferred

 

 

 

Stock-

 

Total

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

Note

 

Comprehensive

 

Stock-based

 

Retained

 

holders’

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Receivable

 

Income (loss)

 

Compensation

 

Earnings

 

Equity

 

Income (loss)

 

Balance at June 30, 2002

 

 

22,131

 

 

$

29,441

 

 

$

(555

)

 

 

$

(118

)

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

75,421

 

 

$

104,189

 

 

$

(6,893

)

 

Issuance of common stock:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisitions of Datum and TrueTime

 

 

20,091

 

 

128,849

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

128,849

 

 

 

 

Stock option exercises, net of shares tendered upon exercise

 

 

157

 

 

458

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

458

 

 

 

 

Employee stock purchase plan

 

 

180

 

 

515

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

515

 

 

 

 

Restricted stock issued in exchange of stock options

 

 

253

 

 

1,133

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,133

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

(321

)

 

(1,202

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,202

)

 

 

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(34,347

)

 

(34,347

)

 

(34,347

)

 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax of $2,004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14,970

)

 

(14,970

)

 

(14,970

)

 

Unrealized loss on short-term investments, net of taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(281

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(281

)

 

(281

)

 

Cumulative adjustments to foreign
currency translation, net of
taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

221

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

221

 

 

221

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2003

 

 

42,491

 

 

159,194

 

 

(555

)

 

 

(178

)

 

 

(1,133

)

 

 

26,104

 

 

183,432

 

 

$

(49,377

)

 

Issuance of common stock:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock option exercises, net of shares tendered upon exercise

 

 

1,805

 

 

7,568

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,568

 

 

$

 

 

Employee stock purchase plan

 

 

98

 

 

321

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

321

 

 

 

 

Warrants exercised

 

 

487

 

 

2,013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,013

 

 

 

 

Restricted stock issued

 

 

34

 

 

237

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(237

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock option income tax benefit

 

 

 

 

4,960

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,960

 

 

 

 

Amortization of deferred compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

250

 

 

 

 

 

250

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,250

)

 

(2,250

)

 

(2,250

)

 

Gain from discontinued operations, net of tax of $7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

13

 

 

13

 

 

Unrealized gain on short-term investments, net of taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

265

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

265

 

 

265

 

 

Cumulative adjustments to foreign
currency translation, net of
taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(88

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(88

)

 

(88

)

 

Balance at June 30, 2004

 

 

44,915

 

 

174,293

 

 

(555

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1,120

)

 

 

23,867

 

 

196,484

 

 

$

(2,060

)

 

Issuance of common stock:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock option exercises, net of shares tendered upon exercise

 

 

1,619

 

 

8,012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,012

 

 

$

 

 

Reinstated stock option

 

 

 

 

919

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

919

 

 

 

 

Repurchase of common stock

 

 

(186

)

 

(1,833

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,833

)

 

 

 

Restricted stock canceled

 

 

(19

)

 

(120

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

84

 

 

 

 

 

(36

)

 

 

 

Stock option income tax benefit

 

 

 

 

3,021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,021

 

 

 

 

Amortization of deferred compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,036

 

 

 

 

 

1,036

 

 

 

 

Loan Payment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

555

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

555

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain from continuing operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,754

 

 

17,754

 

 

17,754

 

 

Gain from discontinued operations, net of tax of $93

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

162

 

 

162

 

 

162

 

 

Unrealized gain on short-term investments, net of taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

84

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

84

 

 

84

 

 

Cumulative adjustments to foreign
currency translation, net of
taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

 

17

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2005

 

 

46,329

 

 

$

184,292

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

100

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

41,783

 

 

$

226,175

 

 

$

18,017

 

 

 

See notes to the consolidated financial statements.

55




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

 

 

Year ended June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income (loss)

 

$

17,916

 

$

(2,237

)

$

(49,317

)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

 

14,723

 

Acquired in-process research and development

 

 

 

1,561

 

(Gain) loss from disposal of discontinued operations

 

(162

)

 

12,704

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

11,303

 

11,646

 

11,983

 

Deferred income taxes

 

(3,368

)

(6,540

)

(12,099

)

(Gain) loss on sale of equity investments

 

(389

)

 

450

 

Loss on sale of fixed assets

 

202

 

 

 

Gain on post-retirement benefit obligation

 

(118

)

 

 

Amortization of deferred stock-based compensation

 

1,001

 

250

 

 

Non-cash compensation

 

919

 

 

 

Stock option income tax benefit

 

3,021

 

4,960

 

 

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

(108

)

(5,165

)

(1,877

)

Inventories

 

1,179

 

1,165

 

9,180

 

Prepaids and other assets

 

(377

)

590

 

2,591

 

Accounts payable

 

(2,688

)

3,126

 

(1,166

)

Accrued compensation

 

(599

)

(2,530

)

984

 

Other accrued liabilities

 

(555

)

1,409

 

(1,388

)

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

 

27,177

 

6,674

 

(11,671

)

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in restricted cash

 

 

3,396

 

(2,907

)

Acquisition and related costs, net of cash acquired

 

 

 

(2,730

)

Purchases of short-term investments

 

(83,478

)

(19,565

)

(305

)

Maturities of short-term investments

 

7,460

 

7,167

 

141

 

Proceeds from sale of equity investments

 

 

 

275

 

Purchases of plant and equipment

 

(3,074

)

(3,897

)

(1,571

)

Proceeds from sale of assets

 

1,585

 

 

 

Net cash used for investing activities

 

(77,507

)

(12,899

)

(7,097

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayment of long-term obligations

 

(1,148

)

(1,660

)

(1,461

)

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

8,011

 

9,902

 

973

 

Proceeds from repayment of employee note

 

555

 

 

 

Proceeds from convertible notes

 

116,151

 

 

 

Repurchase of common stock

 

(1,833

)

 

(1,202

)

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

 

121,736

 

8,242

 

(1,690

)

Effect of exchange rate changes in cash

 

16

 

(88

)

221

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

71,422

 

1,929

 

(20,237

)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

34,213

 

32,284

 

52,521

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

$

105,635

 

$

34,213

 

$

32,284

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized loss (gain) on securities, net

 

$

84

 

$

265

 

$

(281

)

Deferred taxes on unrealized loss (gain)

 

 

 

(63

)

Issuance of common stock for Datum and TrueTime acquisitions

 

 

 

128,849

 

Restricted Stocks

 

120

 

 

 

Cash payments for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

544

 

$

585

 

$

629

 

Income taxes

 

1,427

 

367

 

447

 

 

See notes to the consolidated financial statements.

56




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note A—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Business

Symmetricom, Inc., incorporated in the state of Delaware, is a leading supplier of precise timing standards to industry, government, utilities, research centers, and aerospace markets. Our products and services include network synchronization systems and timing elements used by network operators and users, broadband access devices for business and residential applications, and professional services. Our products play an important role in the operation, bandwidth utilization, and quality of service of wireline, wireless and broadband communications networks enabling our customers to increase the efficiency of their networks in today’s evolving communications environment.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Symmetricom, Inc., and our wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated.

Fiscal Year

Symmetricom, for presentation purposes, presents each fiscal year as if it ended on June 30. However, our fiscal year ends on the Sunday closest to June 30. Fiscal year 2005 ended on July 3, 2005. All references to years refer to our fiscal years. Fiscal years 2005, 2004 and 2003 consisted of 53, 52 and 52 weeks, respectively.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates include allowances for doubtful accounts receivable, valuation of goodwill and intangible assets, excess and obsolete inventory, future warranty costs, stock options, and valuation of deferred tax assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all highly liquid debt investments purchased with a remaining maturity of three months or less to be cash and cash equivalents.

Short-term Investments

Short-term investments consist of corporate debt and equity securities. Corporate debt securities mature between three and twelve months. All of our debt and marketable equity securities are classified as available-for-sale. These securities are carried at fair value with the unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, reported as a component of stockholders’ equity.

57




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table summarizes Symmetricom’s available-for-sale securities recorded as cash and cash equivalents or short-term investments:

 

 

 

 

Gross Unrealized

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized Cost

 

Gains (losses)

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

June 30, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial paper

 

 

$

177,313

 

 

 

$

(27

)

 

$

177,286

 

Less amounts classified as cash equivalents 

 

 

(89,726

)

 

 

 

 

(89,726

)

Deferred compensation plan assets

 

 

1,843

 

 

 

111

 

 

1,954

 

Total short term investments

 

 

$

89,430

 

 

 

$

84

 

 

$

89,514

 

June 30, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial paper

 

 

$

27,655

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

27,655

 

Less amounts classified as cash equivalents 

 

 

(15,568

)

 

 

 

 

(15,568

)

Deferred compensation plan assets

 

 

1,046

 

 

 

265

 

 

1,311

 

Total short term investments

 

 

$

13,133

 

 

 

$

265

 

 

$

13,398

 

 

Fair Values of Financial Instruments

The estimated fair value of our financial instruments, which include cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, accounts receivable, capital lease obligations, accounts payable, notes payable, and bond payable, approximate their carrying amount. The short-term investments in equity instruments are carried at market value. The recorded amount of our capital lease obligation approximates the estimated fair value based on an analysis of the present value of future lease payments.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments, which potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, and accounts receivable. We place our investments with high-credit-quality corporations and financial institutions. Accounts receivable are derived primarily from sales to telecommunications service providers, original equipment manufacturers, government agencies, defense contractors, and distributors. Management believes that its credit evaluation, approval, and monitoring processes mitigate potential credit risks. However, we still have significant credit risks as our customers currently tend to consolidate which would impact their ability to pay.

58




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower-of-cost (first-in, first-out) or market. We assess the valuation of all inventories, including raw materials, work-in-process, finished goods and spare parts on a periodic basis. Obsolete inventory or inventory in excess of management’s estimated usage is written-down to its estimated market value less costs to sell, if less than its cost. Inherent in the estimates of market value are management’s estimates related to current economic trends, future demand and technological obsolescence. Inventories consist of:

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Raw materials

 

$

12,207

 

$

14,985

 

Work-in-process

 

9,089

 

9,486

 

Finished goods

 

5,402

 

3,406

 

Inventories

 

$

26,698

 

$

27,877

 

 

Property, Plant and Equipment, Net

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization are computed using the straight-line method based on the estimated useful lives of the assets (three to twelve years) or the lease term, if shorter.

Property, plant and equipment consists of the following:

 

 

Year ended June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Property, plant and equipment, net:

 

 

 

 

 

Land

 

$

200

 

$

200

 

Buildings and improvements

 

14,551

 

14,492

 

Austin, Texas facility held for sale

 

 

1,581

 

Machinery and equipment

 

34,713

 

35,523

 

Computer software

 

7,441

 

7,284

 

Leasehold improvements

 

10,025

 

9,819

 

 

 

66,930

 

68,899

 

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

(43,867

)

(40,963

)

 

 

$

23,063

 

$

27,936

 

 

Building and improvements includes $9,007,000 of costs capitalized under a capital lease for our facility in San Jose, California, which was completed in June 1997. As of June 30, 2005 and 2004 accumulated amortization for this facility totaled $6,089,000 and $5,328,000, respectively.

As of June 30, 2005, we had no machinery and equipment under capital lease. During fiscal 2004, machinery and equipment included $486,000 of cost capitalized under a capital lease with accumulated depreciation of $329,000.

59




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Goodwill

We allocate the purchase price of acquired companies to the tangible and intangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed, as well as in-process research and development based on their estimated fair values. Such allocations require management to make significant estimations and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets.

Critical estimates in valuing certain intangible assets include, but are not limited to: future expected cash flows from customer contracts, customer lists, distribution agreements, acquired developed technologies and patents; expected costs to develop the in-process research and development into commercially viable products and estimating cash flows from the projects when completed; and the brand awareness and the market position of the acquired products and assumptions about the period of time the brand will continue to be used in the combined company’s product portfolio. Management’s estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable.

In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (SFAS) No. 141, “Business Combinations,” and SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” SFAS No. 141 requires that all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 be accounted for under the purchase method and addresses the initial recognition and measurement of goodwill and other intangible assets acquired in a business combination.

The provisions of SFAS No. 142 also require an annual goodwill impairment test or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. In testing for a potential impairment of goodwill, the provisions of SFAS No. 142 require the application of a fair value based test at the reporting unit level. The first step of the impairment test prescribed by SFAS No. 142 requires an estimate of the fair value of each unit. If the estimated fair value of any unit is less than the book value, SFAS No. 142 requires an estimate of the fair value of all identifiable assets and liabilities of the unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation for an acquired business. This estimate requires valuations of certain internally generated and unrecognized intangible assets such as in-process research and development and developed technology. Potential goodwill impairment is measured based upon this two-step process. We performed our annual goodwill impairment test as of June 30, 2005 and June 30, 2004 and no impairment losses were recorded based on these evaluations. In fiscal 2003, we recorded $14.7 million of goodwill impairment, $11.6 million of which related to the discontinuance of the Trusted Time Division.

Long-lived Assets Including Other Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization

The carrying value of long-lived assets is evaluated whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized when estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset, including disposition, is less than the carrying value of the asset. Impairment is measured as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the fair value.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

SFAS No. 130, “Reporting Comprehensive Income,” establishes standards for reporting and display of comprehensive income and its component. SFAS No.130 requires companies to report “comprehensive income” that includes unrealized holding gains and losses and other items that have previously been excluded from net income and reflected instead in stockholders’ equity.

60




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), consists of the following:

 

 

Year ended June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of taxes

 

$

150

 

$

133

 

$

221

 

Unrealized loss on investments, net of taxes

 

(50

)

(134

)

(399

)

Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

$

100

 

$

(1

)

$

(178

)

 

Warranty

Our standard warranty agreement is one year from shipment. However, our warranty agreements are contract and component specific and can range to twenty years for selected components. We offer extended warranty contracts to our customers. The extended warranty is offered on products that are less than eight years old. The extended warranty contract is applicable for a maximum of nine years after the expiration of the standard one-year warranty. The income from extended warranty contracts is recognized ratably over the period of contract.

We accrue for anticipated warranty costs upon shipment. Our warranty reserve is based on the number of installed units, historical analysis of the volume of product returned to us under the warranty program, management’s judgment regarding anticipated rates of warranty claims and associated repair costs. We use the historical data to forecast our anticipated future warranty obligations.

Acquired in-process research and development expenses

During fiscal 2003, $1.6 million of the purchase price of the Datum and TrueTime acquisitions was allocated to purchased in-process research and development expense based upon the values assigned to the acquisitions. Projects that qualify as in-process research and development represent those that have not yet reached technological feasibility and have no alternative future use. Technological feasibility is defined as being equivalent to a beta-phase working prototype in which there is no remaining risk relating to the development. The $1.6 million represented $1.2 million from Datum and $0.4 million from TrueTime. The value of these projects was determined by estimating the discounted net cash flows from the sale of the products resulting from the completion of the projects, reduced by the portion of the revenue attributable to developed technology and the percentage of completion of the project.

The nature of the efforts to develop the purchased in-process research and development into commercially viable products principally relates to the completion of all prototyping and testing activities that are necessary to establish that the product can meet its design specification including function, features and technical performance requirements. Therefore, the amount allocated to in-process research and development has been charged to operations.

Software Development Costs

Costs for the development of new software and substantial enhancements to existing software are expensed as incurred until technological feasibility has been established, at which time any additional development costs would be capitalized in accordance with SFAS No. 86, “Computer Software to Be Sold, Leased, or Otherwise Marketed.” We believe the current process for developing software is essentially completed concurrently with the establishment of technological feasibility; accordingly, no costs have been capitalized to date.

61




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Foreign Currency Translation

The functional currencies of our international subsidiaries in the United Kingdom, Puerto Rico, and Hong Kong are the U.S. dollar, while Germany is the Euro.

For our subsidiary in the United Kingdom, foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities are translated at the year-end exchange rates, except for inventories, prepaid expenses, and property and equipment, which are translated at historical exchange rates. Statements of operations are translated at the average exchange rates during the year except for those expenses related to the balance sheet amounts, which are translated using historical exchange rates. Net gains (losses) from these foreign exchange transactions have not been material to our operating results for any of the periods presented.

For our subsidiary in Germany, foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities are translated at the year-end exchange rates, while revenue and expenses are translated at average rates prevailing during the year. Translation adjustments are reported in other comprehensive income.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, our price is fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. Our standard arrangement for our domestic and international customers includes a signed purchase order or contract and no right of return of delivered products.

We assess collectibility based on the credit worthiness of the customer and past transaction history. We perform on-going credit evaluations of our customers and do not require collateral from our customers. For many of our international customers, we require an irrevocable letter of credit to be issued by the customer before the purchase order is accepted. If we determine that collection of a fee is not reasonably assured, we recognize the revenue at the time that collection becomes reasonably assured, which is generally upon the receipt of cash. We commonly have transactions that involve sales of both product and services to our customers. Product revenue is generated from the sale of synchronization and timing equipment with embedded software that is essential to product functionality. We account for these transactions in accordance with the rules applicable to software revenue recognition. Service revenue is recognized as the services are performed provided collection of the related receivable is probable. Our sales to distributors are made under agreements allowing for returns or credits under certain circumstances. Accordingly, we defer an estimate of returns from distributors based on a historical average of distributor returns. We record commission expense when orders are shipped, at which time the commission is both earned and payable.

Revenue from contracts that require development and manufacture in accordance with customer specifications and have a lengthy development period may be categorized into two types: firm fixed price and cost-plus reimbursement. Revenue is recognized under the fixed price contracts using the percentage of completion method, (cost-to-cost basis) principally based upon the costs incurred relative to the total estimated costs at completion on the individual contracts. Any anticipated losses on contracts are charged to operations as soon as they are determinable. Revenue recognized under cost plus contracts is recognized on the basis of direct and indirect costs incurred plus a negotiated profit calculated as a percentage of costs or as performance based award fee. Revenue from long-term contracts is reviewed periodically, with adjustments recorded in the period in which the revisions are made. A contract is determined to be substantially complete when the physical deliverables are completed, shipped and accepted. Unbilled receivables totaled $1.6 million as of June 30, 2005, of which $1.1 million is expected to

62




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

be collected in fiscal 2006 and the remainder in subsequent years. Any anticipated losses on contracts are charged to operations as soon as they are determinable.

Stock-Based Compensation

We account for employee stock-based compensation using the intrinsic-value-based method of accounting as defined under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 (APB 25), “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and its related interpretations. Accordingly, we recognize no compensation expense in our consolidated statements of operations with respect to options awarded to our employees with exercise prices greater than or equal to the fair value of the underlying common stock at the date of grant. However, we recognize compensation expense in our consolidated statements of operations with respect to restricted stock awarded to our employees. The following table illustrates the effect on net income (loss) and earnings (loss) per share if we had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation,” to stock-based employee compensation.

 

 

Year ended June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(In thousands, except
per share amounts)

 

Net income (loss), as reported

 

$

17,916

 

$

(2,237

)

$

(49,317

)

Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense with respect to restricted stock awards included in reported net income (loss), net of related tax effects

 

620

 

154

 

 

Less: Stock-based employee compensation expense determined under fair value based method for all awards (including the restricted stock), net of related tax effects

 

(6,131

)

(2,130

)

(1,244

)

Pro forma net income (loss)

 

$

12,405

 

$

(4,213

)

$

(50,561

)

Earnings (loss) per share—basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As reported

 

$

0.39

 

$

(0.05

)

$

(1.38

)

Pro forma

 

$

0.27

 

$

(0.10

)

$

(1.42

)

Earnings (loss) per share—diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As reported

 

$

0.38

 

$

(0.05

)

$

(1.38

)

Pro forma

 

$

0.26

 

$

(0.10

)

$

(1.42

)

 

63




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Net Income (Loss) Per Share

Basic earning (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and common equivalent shares from dilutive stock options, warrants, and restricted stock using the treasury method, except when antidilutive.

 

 

Year ended June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(In thousands, except
per share amounts)

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

17,754

 

$

(2,250

)

$

(34,347

)

Gain (loss) from discontinued operations

 

162

 

13

 

(14,970

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

17,916

 

$

(2,237

)

$

(49,317

)

Shares (Denominator):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

 

45,654

 

43,691

 

35,645

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding subject to repurchase

 

(122

)

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding—basic

 

45,532

 

43,691

 

35,645

 

Weighted average dilutive share equivalents from stock options and warrants

 

1,282

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares dilutive subject to repurchase

 

122

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding—diluted

 

46,936

 

43,691

 

35,645

 

Net earnings (loss) per share—basic

 

$

0.39

 

$

(0.05

)

$

(1.38

)

Net earnings (loss) per share—diluted

 

$

0.38

 

$

(0.05

)

$

(1.38

)

 

The following common stock equivalents were excluded from the net earnings (loss) per share calculation as their effect would have been antidilutive:

 

 

Year ended June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(In thousands, except
per share amounts)

 

Stock options & warrants

 

1,861

 

5,789

 

5,624

 

Common shares subject to repurchase

 

 

267

 

 

Total shares of common stock excluded from diluted net earnings (loss) per share calculation

 

1,861

 

6,056

 

5,624

 

 

We account for our contingent convertible notes in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) 04-08, “The Effect of Contingently Convertible Debt on Diluted Earnings Per Share,” which requires us to include the dilutive effect of the shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of the outstanding convertible notes in our diluted earnings per share calculation regardless of whether the market price trigger or other contingent conversion feature has been met. Because our Notes include a mandatory cash settlement feature for the principal payment, we apply the treasury stock method. This

64




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

method results in incremental dilutive shares when the average fair value of our common stock for a reporting period exceeds the initial conversion price per share of $12.49. However, because our share price did not exceed $12.49, no shares associated with the contingent convertible notes were included in our diluted earnings per share as of June 30, 2005.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

The FASB issued Interpretation No. 46, or FIN 46, “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities,” in January 2003, and a revised interpretation of FIN 46, or FIN 46R, in December 2003. FIN 46 requires certain variable interest entities to be consolidated by the primary beneficiary of the entity if the equity investors in the entity do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties. The adoption of FIN 46R in the second quarter of fiscal year 2004 did not have an impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In December 2003, the Securities Exchange Commission, or the SEC, issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104, Revenue Recognition, or SAB 104, which codifies, revises and rescinds certain sections of SAB 101, “Revenue Recognition in Financial Statements,” in order to make this interpretive guidance consistent with current authoritative accounting and auditing guidance and SEC rules and regulations. The adoption did not have a material effect on our operating results or financial condition.

In March 2004, the EITF reached a final consensus on Issue 03-01, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and its Application to Certain Investments,” to provide additional guidance in determining whether investment securities have an impairment, which should be considered, other-than-temporary. The adoption of Issue 03-01 did not have an effect on our operating results or financial condition.

In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (FAS 123R) that addresses the accounting for share-based payment transactions in which an enterprise receives employee services in exchange for either equity instruments of the enterprise or liabilities that are based on the fair value of the enterprise’s equity instruments or that may be settled by the issuance of such equity instruments. The statement eliminates the ability to account for share-based compensation transactions using the intrinsic value method as prescribed by Accounting Principles Board, or APB, Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and generally requires that such transactions be accounted for using a fair-value-based method and recognized as expenses in our consolidated statement of income. The statement requires companies to assess the most appropriate model to calculate the value of the options. We currently use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value options and are currently assessing which model we may use in the future under the statement and may deem an alternative model to be the most appropriate. The use of a different model to value options may result in a different fair value than the use of the Black-Scholes option pricing model. In addition, there are a number of other requirements under the new standard that will result in differing accounting treatment than currently required. These differences include, but are not limited to, the accounting for the tax benefit on employee stock options and for stock issued under our employee stock purchase plan. In addition to the appropriate fair value model to be used for valuing share-based payments, we will also be required to determine the transition method to be used at date of adoption. The allowed transition methods include prospective and retroactive adoption methods. Under the retroactive methods, prior periods may be restated either as of the beginning of the year of adoption or for all periods presented. The prospective method requires that

65




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

compensation expense be recorded for all unvested stock options and restricted stock at the beginning of the first quarter of adoption of FAS 123R, while the retroactive methods would record compensation expense for all unvested stock options and restricted stock beginning with the first period restated. The effective date of the new standard for our consolidated financial statements is the first quarter of fiscal 2006, which begins on July 4, 2005.

Upon adoption, this statement will have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements because we will be required to expense the fair value of our stock option grants and stock purchases under our employee stock purchase plan rather than disclose the impact on our consolidated net income within our footnotes as is our current practice (see Note A of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained herein). The amounts disclosed within our footnotes are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that will be expensed upon the adoption of FAS 123R. Compensation expense calculated under FAS 123R may differ from amounts currently disclosed within our footnotes based on changes in the fair value of our common stock, changes in the number of options granted or the terms of such options, the treatment of tax benefits and changes in interest rates or other factors. In addition, upon adoption of FAS 123R we may choose to use a different valuation model to value the compensation expense associated with employee stock options.

In December 2004, the FASB issued Financial Accounting Standard No.151, “Inventory Cost, an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4.” FAS 151clarifies the accounting for inventory when there are abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling cost, and wasted material. Under existing GAAP, items such as idle facility expense, excessive wasted material (spoilage), double freight, and re-handling cost may be “so abnormal” as to require treatment as current period charges rather than recorded as adjustment to the value of the inventory. FAS 151 requires that those items be recognized as current-period charges regardless of whether they meet the criterion of “so abnormal.” In addition, this Statement requires that allocation of fixed production overheads to the cost of conversion be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. The provision of this Statement will be effective for inventory cost incurred after June 30, 2005. The adoption of FAS 151 is not expected to have a material effect on our financial position or result of operations.

In December 2004, the FASB staff issued FSP FAS 109-1, “Application of FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, “ to the Tax Deduction on Qualified Production Activities Provided by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004” (the “FSP”) to provide guidance on the application of Statement 109 to the provision within the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “Act”) that provides tax relief to U.S. domestic manufacturers. The FSP states that the manufacturer’s deduction provided for under the Act should be accounted for as a special deduction in accordance with Statement 109 and not as a tax rate reduction. A special deduction is accounted for by recording the benefit of the deduction in the year in which it can be taken in the company’s tax return, rather than by adjusting deferred tax assets and liabilities in the period of the Act’s enactment (which would have been done if the deduction on qualified production activities were treated as a change in enacted tax rates). The FSP was effective upon issuance. The adoption of the FSP did not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations. We are currently evaluating the future effects of the FSP.

In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 153, “Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets—An Amendment of APB Opinion No. 29.” SFAS No. 153 is based on the principle that nonmonetary asset exchanges should be recorded and measured at the fair value of the assets exchanged, with certain exceptions. This standard requires exchanges of productive assets to be accounted

66




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

for at fair value, rather than at carryover basis, unless (1) neither the asset received nor the asset surrendered has a fair value that is determinable within reasonable limits or (2) the transactions lack commercial substance. SFAS No. 153 is effective for any nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring after June 30, 2005. Adoption of SFAS No. 153 is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections.” FASB Statement of Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 154 establishes new standards on accounting for changes in accounting principles. Pursuant to the new rules, all such changes must be accounted for by retrospective application to the financial statements of prior periods unless it is impracticable to do so. The Statement is effective for accounting changes and error corrections made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005, with early adoption permitted for changes and corrections made in years beginning after May 2005. Adoption of SFAS No. 154 is not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Note B—Acquisitions

Acquisition of Agilent’s cesium product line assets

On June 24, 2005, we entered into a definitive agreement with Agilent Technologies, Inc. to purchase its Frequency and Time Standards instrumentation product line, including the 5071A cesium primary frequency standard. This acquisition is expected to enhance Symmetricom’s position in the area of cesium standards and to further Symmetricom’s leadership in generating high-precision frequency and timing references including rubidium, cesium and hydrogen masers. This transaction was to acquire only certain assets of Agilent Technologies for a cost of approximately $8.0 million. The acquisition of the assets was accounted for as a purchase and closed on August 1, 2005.

During the second quarter of fiscal 2003, we acquired Datum Inc. (“Datum”) and TrueTime, Inc. (“TrueTime”) to add complementary products and increase our customer base, among other reasons. In fiscal 2003, we also acquired certain assets from NetMonitor, Ltd. (“NetMonitor”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Kestrel Solutions, Inc. (“Kestrel”).

Acquisition of Datum

On October 29, 2002, we completed our acquisition of Datum. The acquisition was accomplished pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 22, 2002 and was accounted for as a purchase. As a result of the merger, Datum became a wholly owned subsidiary of Symmetricom. We issued approximately 17.4 million shares of our common stock with a fair value of $97.5 million, converted Datum stock options into options to purchase approximately 2.3 million shares of our common stock with a fair value of $13.1 million and converted Datum warrants into warrants to purchase 486,754 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $4.135 per share and a fair value of $1.8 million. In addition, we incurred direct acquisition costs of approximately $6.6 million.

67




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The purchase price was allocated to Datum’s assets and liabilities as follows (in thousands):

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

3,034

 

Property, plant, and equipment

 

12,120

 

Other tangible assets

 

42,834

 

Existing technology

 

13,856

 

In-process research and development

 

1,156

 

Other intangible assets

 

293

 

Goodwill

 

68,549

 

Assumed liabilities

 

(22,904

)

Total purchase price

 

$

118,938

 

 

In fiscal 2004, the amounts contained in the purchase price allocation were adjusted when final data on some of the preliminary estimates was received. The changes are reflected in the table above and include a $1.3 million increase in deferred tax assets identified when final tax returns were prepared, a $304,000 increase in the accrued warranty after confirming with the customers the amount of total liabilities for the rework and a $28,000 net increase in the inventory write-off after negotiating with the vendor to finalize the liabilities.

Acquisition of TrueTime

On October 4, 2002, we completed our acquisition of TrueTime. The acquisition was accomplished pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 27, 2002 and amended as of June 26, 2002 and was accounted for as a purchase. As a result of the merger, TrueTime became a wholly owned subsidiary of Symmetricom. We issued approximately 2.6 million shares of our common stock with a fair value of $16.3 million and $5.0 million in cash, paid $34,000 to cancel TrueTime’s options and converted TrueTime’s warrants into warrants to purchase 87,394 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $12.59 per share with a fair value of $235,000. In addition, we incurred direct acquisition costs of approximately $1.2 million.

The purchase price was allocated to TrueTime’s assets and liabilities as follows (in thousands):

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

7,823

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

3,321

 

Other tangible assets

 

9,606

 

Existing technology

 

2,760

 

In-process research and development

 

405

 

Goodwill

 

3,274

 

Assumed liabilities

 

(4,444

)

Total purchase price

 

$

22,745

 

 

Acquisition of NetMonitor

On October 15, 2002, we acquired certain assets from NetMonitor. The acquisition was accounted for as an asset purchase. We paid $230,000 in cash for the acquired assets and incurred direct acquisition costs

68




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

of approximately $30,000. The net purchase price was allocated to tangible assets of $40,000 and existing technology of $220,000.

Note C—Discontinued Operations

In June 2003, we discontinued the operation of the Trusted Time Division as part of our post-acquisition consolidation process. The division was acquired as part of the acquisition of Datum in October 2002. The division has been accounted for as a discontinued operation and, accordingly, the results of operations have been excluded from continuing operations in the consolidated statements of operations.

During fiscal 2005 and 2004, we recognized gains of $162,000 and $13,000, respectively, for final payment for sale of software, related to the Trusted Time Division which was discontinued during fiscal 2003.

During fiscal 2003, we recognized a $15.0 million loss, or $0.42 per share, net of taxes, of which $12.7 million was due to the loss on disposal, and $2.3 million were operational losses. The loss from disposal consisted of an $11.6 million goodwill impairment charge and a $1.1 million impairment charge for intangible assets.

Note D—Other Accrued Liabilities

Other accrued liabilities consists of the following:

 

 

Year ended June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Other accrued liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Income taxes payable

 

$

4,408

 

$

2,783

 

Deferred revenue

 

2,847

 

2,135

 

Accrued lease loss

 

667

 

2,275

 

Accrued expenses

 

4,494

 

5,313

 

Total

 

$

12,416

 

$

12,506

 

 

Note E—Post-Retirement Benefit Obligations

In connection with the Datum acquisition, we assumed Datum’s post-retirement health care benefits plan. Post-retirement benefits are recognized over the employee’s service period based on 5.1% discount rate to the employee and the employee’s beneficiaries after retirement. The health care plan was curtailed as of December 31, 2002, and only existing retired participants and former Datum employees, now employed by Symmetricom and meeting the retirement eligibility requirements by December 31, 2004, are eligible for participation. The health care plan is a contributory plan.

69




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following sets forth the Company’s post-retirement program’s status reconciled with amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheet (in thousands):

 

 

Year ended June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Beginning balance accumulated post-retirement benefit obligations

 

$

555

 

$

559

 

Service cost

 

 

 

Interest cost

 

28

 

34

 

Actuarial gain

 

(123

)

25

 

Benefit payments

 

(45

)

(63

)

Ending balance accumulated postretirement benefit obligations

 

$

415

 

$

555

 

 

Net periodic post-retirement benefit cost includes the following components (in thousands):

Service cost

 

$

 

$

 

Interest cost

 

28

 

34

 

Net periodic post-retirement expense

 

$

28

 

$

34

 

 

The Company’s contribution to the plan is fixed for each eligible retiree. Therefore, fluctuations in health care costs have no effect on the Company’s liability. Upon the demise of the eligible retiree, the coverage for the spouse of the retiree is terminated.

Note F—Warranties

Changes in our accrued warranty liability during the years are as follows:

 

 

Year ended June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Beginning balance

 

$

3,194

 

$

4,021

 

Provision for warranty for the year

 

2,546

 

2,059

 

Adjustment for expired warranties

 

 

(23

)

Less: Actual warranty costs

 

(2,402

)

(2,863

)

Ending balance

 

$

3,338

 

$

3,194

 

 

Note G—Lease Commitments

Starting in 1997, we leased a facility in San Jose, California under which the land and building were accounted for as an operating lease and a capital lease, respectively. This lease expires in April 2009. A section of the facility has been sublet and accounted for as an operating lease. This sublease expires in March 2007. As of June 30, 2005, the minimum future sublease payments to be received were $512,000.

During fiscal 2001, we leased a facility in Aguadilla, Puerto Rico. We have since expanded the existing building and have consolidated most of our manufacturing operations at this facility. The lease on this building expires in 2016. We account for the lease as an operating lease; any improvements to the leased property are capitalized and classified as leasehold improvements.

70




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

During fiscal 2003, we assumed a capital lease and several operating leases from the acquisition of TrueTime. The capital lease is for certain equipment located in a facility in Santa Rosa, California. The lease of the facility is accounted for as an operating lease with an expiration date in December 2015. Another facility in Santa Rosa has been sublet and accounted for as an operating lease. This sublease expires in November 2008. As of June 30, 2005, the minimum future sublease payments to be received were $2.4 million.

During the same fiscal 2003, we assumed several operating leases from the acquisition of Datum. Two facilities are located in Irvine, California. Both facilities had been vacant since January 2004 and May 2003, and expired at the end of July 2005. The operating lease for the facility in Hofolding, Germany is also for manufacturing and expires in January 2009.

Lease loss liabilities were created as a result of discontinuing operations and consolidations. As of June 30, 2005, the accrued lease loss liabilities were $946,000.

In addition, we lease certain other facilities and equipment under operating lease agreements. Rental expense charged to operations was $1,372,000 in 2005, $1,905,000 in 2004 and $1,461,000 in 2003. Future minimum lease payments, net of sublease income at June 30, 2005 are as follows:

 

 

Capital Lease

 

Operating Lease

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

For the years:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2006

 

 

$

1,412

 

 

 

$

2,447

 

 

2007

 

 

1,492

 

 

 

2,091

 

 

2008

 

 

1,576

 

 

 

2,243

 

 

2009

 

 

1,325

 

 

 

2,026

 

 

2010

 

 

 

 

 

1,393

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

 

 

10,513

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

 

 

5,805

 

 

 

$

20,713

 

 

Amount representing interest (weighted average rate of 8.5%)

 

 

(852

)

 

 

 

 

 

Present value of total minimum lease payments

 

 

4,953

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current portion

 

 

(1,040

)

 

 

 

 

 

Capital lease obligation, net of current portion

 

 

$

3,913

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note H—Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The changes in the carrying value of goodwill for the years ended June 30, 2005 and 2004 are as follows for the different segments of Symmetricom (see Note B):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Timing, Test

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and

 

 

 

 

 

Wireline

 

OEM

 

Measurement

 

Total

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Balances as of June 30, 2003

 

$

28,175

 

$

7,245

 

 

$

14,780

 

 

$

50,200

 

Adjustments

 

(258

)

(282

)

 

(412

)

 

(952

)

Balances as of June 30, 2004

 

$

27,917

 

$

6,963

 

 

$

14,368

 

 

$

49,248

 

Adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances as of June 30, 2005

 

$

27,917

 

$

6,963

 

 

$

14,368

 

 

$

49,248

 

 

71




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Other intangible assets are recorded at cost, less accumulated amortization. Other intangible assets as of June 30, 2005 and 2004 consist of:

 

 

Gross

 

Accumulated

 

Net

 

 

 

Carrying Amount

 

Amortization

 

Intangible Assets

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Purchased technology

 

 

$

23,573

 

 

 

$

10,424

 

 

 

$

13,149

 

 

Customer lists, trademarks, other

 

 

3,688

 

 

 

2,172

 

 

 

1,516

 

 

Total as of June 30, 2004

 

 

$

27,261

 

 

 

$

12,596

 

 

 

$

14,665

 

 

Purchased technology

 

 

$

23,768

 

 

 

$

14,557

 

 

 

$

9,211

 

 

Customer lists, trademarks, other

 

 

3,587

 

 

 

2,526

 

 

 

1,061

 

 

Total as of June 30, 2005

 

 

$

27,355

 

 

 

$

17,083

 

 

 

$

10,272

 

 

 

Intangible asset amortization expense for the years ended June 30, 2005, June 30, 2004 and June 30, 2003 was approximately $4.5 million, $4.7 million and $4.3 million, respectively.

The estimated future amortization expense is as follows:

Fiscal year:

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

2006

 

 

$

4,101

 

 

2007

 

 

2,545

 

 

2008

 

 

1,344

 

 

2009

 

 

946

 

 

2010

 

 

664

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

672

 

 

Total amortization

 

 

$

10,272

 

 

 

72




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note I—Income Taxes

The provision of federal, state and foreign income tax expense on income from continuing operations consists of the following:

 

 

Year ended June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

1,375

 

$

(1,178

)

$

1,062

 

State

 

267

 

283

 

293

 

Puerto Rico

 

847

 

288

 

334

 

Foreign

 

635

 

65

 

160

 

 

 

3,124

 

(542

)

1,849

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

(447

)

(1,445

)

(13,159

)

State

 

196

 

(147

)

(663

)

Puerto Rico

 

(345

)

 

 

Foreign

 

16

 

11

 

(180

)

 

 

(580

)

(1,581

)

(14,002

)

Total provision (benefit)

 

$

2,544

 

$

(2,123

)

$

(12,153

)

 

Deferred income tax provision (benefit) is recorded when income and expenses are recognized in different periods for financial reporting and tax purposes. The change in the valuation allowance has no impact on the consolidated statement of operations, as it relates to the tax benefit on stock options. The significant components of deferred income tax provision (benefit) are as follows:

 

 

Year ended June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Tax credit and net operating loss carryforwards

 

$

(1,838

)

$

(6,719

)

$

(15,437

)

Reserves and accruals

 

(661

)

4,020

 

523

 

Unrealized gain (loss) on investment

 

 

 

260

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

(41

)

(1,338

)

616

 

Deferred taxes on Puerto Rico earnings

 

(813

)

(263

)

(7

)

Change in valuation allowance

 

2,773

 

2,719

 

43

 

Total deferred tax provision—continuing operations

 

(580

)

(1,581

)

(14,002

)

Deferred taxes on other comprehensive income

 

 

 

(62

)

Total deferred tax provision

 

$

(580

)

$

(1,581

)

$

(14,064

)

 

73




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The effective income tax rate differs from the federal statutory income tax rate as follows:

 

 

Year ended June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Federal statutory income tax (benefit) expense rate

 

35.0

%

(35.0

)%

(35.0

)%

Federal tax benefit of Puerto Rico operations

 

(26.5

)

(28.0

)

(2.9

)

Puerto Rico taxes

 

2.5

 

6.6

 

0.7

 

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

 

2.1

 

2.9

 

(0.8

)

Goodwill

 

 

2.2

 

12.3

 

Other

 

(0.6

)

2.8

 

(0.4

)

Effective income tax rate

 

12.5

%

(48.5

)%

(26.1

)%

 

The principal components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

 

Year ended June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

$

23,458

 

$

21,588

 

Tax credit carryforwards.

 

11,202

 

11,234

 

Reserves and accruals.

 

6,312

 

5,650

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

11,517

 

11,476

 

 

 

52,489

 

49,948

 

Valuation allowance

 

(2,822

)

(2,822

)

Total deferred tax assets

 

49,667

 

47,126

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Unremitted Puerto Rico earnings

 

929

 

1,741

 

 

 

929

 

1,741

 

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

48,738

 

$

45,385

 

 

The increase of net deferred tax assets of $3.35 million during fiscal 2005 includes the deferred tax provision on continuing operations shown above of $0.58 million plus $2.77 million of deferred tax assets related to the recognition of stock option benefits.

Net deferred tax assets are comprised of the following:

 

 

Year ended June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Current assets.

 

$

6,312

 

$

5,650

 

Non-current assets.

 

42,845

 

40,153

 

Non-current liabilities.

 

(419

)

(418

)

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

48,738

 

$

45,385

 

 

As of June 30, 2005, for federal income tax purposes, we had regular net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $67.0 million, which will expire in years 2021 through 2024. We had California regular net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $21.8 million, which will expire in years 2013 through 2016.

74




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Also, we had federal research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $5.7 million that will expire in the years 2008 through 2023, and alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards of approximately $3.5 million that have no expiration date. Additionally, for state income tax purposes, we had research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $2.0 million, which have no expiration date.

During fiscal 2005, we reviewed the realizability of deferred tax assets and determined that $2.75 million of the deferred tax assets related to stock option exercises were more likely than not to be realized. Accordingly, we recognized these deferred tax assets with a corresponding increase to common stock. We have provided a valuation allowance for certain deferred tax assets because we have determined that it is more likely than not that we will not have sufficient taxable income to realize these tax assets. At June 30, 2005, the valuation allowance of $2.8 million was attributable to the tax benefit of potentially expiring tax credits stemming from stock option transactions, which will be credited to common stock if realized rather than as a reduction of the tax provision.

We operate a subsidiary in Puerto Rico under a grant providing for a partial exemption from Puerto Rico taxes through fiscal 2016. In addition, this subsidiary is taxed under Section 936 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, which exempts qualified Puerto Rico source earnings, subject to wage-based and other limitations, from federal income taxes through fiscal 2006. Taxes have been provided on this subsidiary’s earnings, all of which we intend to remit to the U.S. As of June 30, 2005, the total unremitted earnings of the Puerto Rico subsidiary and the related tax liability were approximately $41.0 million and $0.9 million, respectively.

On October 22, 2004, the American Jobs Creation Act (the “Jobs Act”) was signed into law. The Jobs Act includes a deduction of 85% for certain foreign earnings that are repatriated, as defined in the Jobs Act. The deduction is subject to a number of limitations and uncertainty remains as to how to interpret numerous provisions in the Jobs Act. Based on our analysis to date, we have decided not to repatriate foreign earnings under the provisions of the Jobs Act.

Note J—Contingencies

In late 1996, Datum (which we acquired in October 2002) received notice of potential environmental contamination from the owner of a premises in Austin, Texas that had previously been occupied by Austron, Inc., a Datum subsidiary for its wireline operation (“Austron”), prior to Datum’s acquisition of Austron in 1988. Although Austron remediated the site pursuant to then-existing environmental regulations in connection with vacating the site in 1983, the applicable environmental regulations were modified after 1983, providing the basis for the property owner’s claim that the soil at the site contains the same contaminants that were the focus of Austron’s previous remediation efforts. In compliance with current law, Datum had established the extent of the site contamination, which extends to adjoining properties owned by third parties. In May 2004, we received a demand from the owner of several adjoining lots for damages, as well as seeking an indemnity for the contamination and a promise to remediate the contamination. The adjacent property owner has not filed suit. We believe that we will continue to incur monitoring costs for the next several years in connection with the site contamination and may be subject to demands and claims from other adjoining landowners in addition to the claim for remediation discussed above, and the amount of such costs and the extent of the our exposure to such claims cannot be determined at this time. Although there can be no assurance that the costs of remediation efforts, the property owners’ claims or any related governmental action will not singly or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations, we do not believe our ultimate

75




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

aggregate liability will have such an effect. We currently have an accrual of $0.8 million for remediation costs, appraisal fees and other ongoing monitoring costs.

Under the indemnification provisions of the Company’s standard sales contracts, the Company agrees to defend the customer against third party claims asserting infringement of certain intellectual property rights, which may include patents, copyrights, trademarks or trade secrets, and to pay any judgments entered on such claims against the reseller/customer. The exposure to the Company under these indemnification provisions is generally limited to the total amount paid by the customer under the agreement. However, certain agreements include indemnification provisions that could potentially expose the Company to losses in excess of the amount received under the agreement. To date, there have been no claims under such indemnification provisions. As such, the Company believes the estimated fair value of these indemnification agreements is not material.

We are also a party to certain other claims in the normal course of our operations. While the results of these claims cannot be predicted with any certainty, we believe that the final outcome of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

Note K—Related Party Transactions

In March 1998, we loaned an officer $500,000 in the form of an interest-free full-recourse promissory note. The entire principal balance is due and payable on March 25, 2008. The note is secured by a deed of trust for the officer’s personal residence. As of June 30, 2005, the entire principal balance is outstanding.

In February 2001, we loaned an officer $555,000 in the form of a full-recourse promissory note. The note accrued interest at an annual rate of 7.75%. On December 2004, the entire principal balance was paid.

During fiscal 2005, we paid a total of $12,500 for consulting fees to four directors of Symmetricom in addition to the regular director compensation for attendance at Board and Committee meetings.

Note L—Long Term Obligations

 

 

Year ended June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

Long-term obligations:

 

 

 

 

 

Capital lease

 

$

4,953

 

$

6,012

 

Less—current maturities

 

(1,040

)

(1,058

)

Lease loss accrual

 

279

 

898

 

Bond payable

 

2,475

 

2,545

 

Convertible subordinate notes

 

120,000

 

 

Less—current maturities

 

(70

)

(70

)

Post-retirement benefits (Note E), net

 

370

 

500

 

Total

 

$

126,967

 

$

8,827

 

 

On June 8, 2005, the Company sold $120 million of contingent convertible subordinated notes (the “Notes”), which mature on June 15, 2025 and bear interest at the rate of 3.25 % per annum. Interest on the Notes is payable semi-annually in June and December of each year beginning on December 15, 2005. The Notes are unsecured obligations and are subordinated in right of payment to all of our existing and future senior debt, including our indebtedness under our senior credit facilities. The Notes are structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and liabilities of our subsidiaries.

76




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The Notes are convertible, at the holder’s option, prior to the maturity date into cash and, if applicable, shares of our common stock in the following circumstances:

·  Prior to June 15, 2023, if the common stock price for a least 20 trading days in the period of 30 consecutive days ending on the last trading day of the calendar quarter preceding the quarter in which the conversion occurs is more than 125% of the conversion price of the notes in effect on that 30th trading day;

·  On or after June 15, 2023, at all times on or after any date on which the common stock price is more than 125% of the then current conversion price;

·  During the five consecutive business-day period following any five consecutive trading-day period in which the trading price for the notes for each such trading-day was less than 95% of the average of the sale price of our common stock during such five trading-day period multiplied by the then current conversion rate;

·  If we have called the particular notes for redemption and the redemption has not yet occurred; or

·  Upon the occurrence of specified corporate transactions.

Holders may convert any outstanding Notes into cash and, if applicable, shares of our common stock at an initial conversion price per share of $12.49. On June 2, 2005, the reported closing bid price of our common stock was $9.91 per share.

Also, on or after June 20, 2012, we may redeem some or all of the Notes at any time or from time to time at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, (including liquidated damages, if any) up to but not including the date of redemption, payable in cash. Holders may require us to repurchase all or a portion of their Notes on June 15, 2012, 2015 and 2020 for a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest (including liquidated damages, if any) up to but not including the date of repurchase, payable in cash, plus, in the event of certain change of control events related to us.

We may from time to time repurchase or redeem all or a portion of the Notes, if necessary, to comply with NASDAQ marketplace rule 4350(i)(1)(D). We may undertake such repurchase from time to time through privately negotiated or open-market transactions or other available means.

In connection with the issuance of these Notes, Symmetricom recorded bond fees of approximately $3.8 million, which will be amortized over a period of seven years until fiscal 2012.

On May 1, 2004, we entered into a credit agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association to obtain a revolving line of credit up to $5.0 million to be used as working capital. On June 1, 2005 this agreement was amended to allow the company to obtain a revolving line of credit up to $10.0 million to be used as working capital. The line of credit contains certain financial covenants and restrictions. The new line of credit expires on November 1, 2006. No borrowings were outstanding as of June 30, 2005.

On June 1, 2001, the Massachusetts Development Finance Agency issued a $2.7 million industrial development bond on Datum’s behalf to finance the expansion of Datum’s manufacturing facility in Beverly, Massachusetts. The bond matures on May 1, 2021. Interest on the bond is payable monthly at an adjustable rate of interest. The remarketing agent establishes the interest rate for each rate period at the lowest rate that in its judgment would permit the sale of the bonds at par value. The bond is collateralized

77




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

by the line of credit with Wells Fargo Bank described above. As of June 30, 2005, the bond balance was $2.5 million.

Note L—Benefit Plans

401(k) Plan

Symmetricom has a 401(k) plan (the “Plan”) that allows eligible U.S. and Puerto Rico employees to contribute up to 50 percent of their annual compensation to the Plan, subject to certain limitations. The employees’ funds are not directly invested in shares of Symmetricom common stock. Each employee directs the investment of the funds across a series of mutual funds. Effective in fiscal 2004, Symmetricom matched up to $0.50 per $1.00 deferred up to 3% of eligible compensation. An additional match of $1.00 per $1.00 deferred up to 1% of eligible compensation will be made based upon achievement of company profit performance goals. Employee contributions vest immediately. Employer matching contributions vest ratably over three years. Symmetricom made matching contribution payments of $0.7 million, $0.4 million and $0.1 million in fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

Deferred Compensation Plan

Symmetricom has a deferred compensation plan that allows outside directors and certain U.S. employees to contribute up to 100% of their compensation, provided that their contribution does not reduce their salary to an amount that is less than the amount necessary to pay applicable employment taxes and other withholding obligations. The Board of Directors is authorized to make discretionary contributions to the accounts of participants. No discretionary contributions were made in fiscal 2005, 2004, and 2003.

Note M—Stockholders’ Equity

Stock Option Plans

Symmetricom has an employee stock option plan under which employees and consultants may be granted non-qualified and incentive options to purchase shares of Symmetricom’s common stock. The plan was amended in fiscal 2003, in connection with the tender offer during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003, to effectively provide that restricted stock could be granted and repurchased for no cash purchase price. Stock appreciation rights may also be granted under this plan; however, none have been granted to date. In addition, Symmetricom has a director stock option plan under which non-employee directors are granted options each January to purchase 10,000 shares of Symmetricom’s common stock. All options have been granted at the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant and expire no later than ten years from the date of grant. Options generally vest over three years.

On June 7, 2002, the Board of Directors adopted the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan under which employees may be granted non-statutory stock options. Under this plan there will be no awards to the officers or directors of the Company unless it is offered at the time of initial employment of an officer. This plan has 0.7 million shares reserved for issuance as of June 30, 2005.

78




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Stock option activity for the three years ended June 30, 2005 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

Options Outstanding

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Available

 

Number of

 

Average

 

 

 

For Grant

 

Shares

 

Exercise Price

 

 

 

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 

Balances at June 30, 2002

 

 

2,306

 

 

 

5,292

 

 

 

$

7.31

 

 

Authorized

 

 

3,416

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

(4,230

)

 

 

3,894

 

 

 

4.74

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

(157

)

 

 

2.91

 

 

Canceled

 

 

2,735

 

 

 

(2,735

)

 

 

9.45

 

 

Expired

 

 

(469

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at June 30, 2003

 

 

3,758

 

 

 

6,294

 

 

 

$

4.90

 

 

Granted

 

 

(952

)

 

 

918

 

 

 

9.44

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

(1,805

)

 

 

4.20

 

 

Canceled

 

 

417

 

 

 

(417

)

 

 

6.17

 

 

Expired

 

 

(186

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at June 30, 2004

 

 

3,037

 

 

 

4,990

 

 

 

$

5.88

 

 

Granted

 

 

(1,259

)

 

 

1,259

 

 

 

8.04

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

(1,619

)

 

 

4.95

 

 

Canceled

 

 

305

 

 

 

(305

)

 

 

6.70

 

 

Expired

 

 

(69

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at June 30, 2005

 

 

2,014

 

 

 

4,325

 

 

 

$

6.81

 

 

 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2005:

 

 

 

 

Remaining

 

Weighted

 

 

 

Weighted

 

Range of

 

Number of

 

Contractual

 

Average

 

Number of

 

Average

 

Exercise Prices

 

 

 

Shares

 

Life

 

Exercise Price

 

Shares

 

Exercise Price

 

 

 

(In thousands)

 

(In years)

 

(In thousands)

 

$2.52 - $4.29

 

 

403

 

 

 

4.10

 

 

 

$

3.55

 

 

 

296

 

 

 

$

3.77

 

 

$4.33 - $4.33

 

 

582

 

 

 

6.93

 

 

 

4.33

 

 

 

581

 

 

 

4.33

 

 

$4.36 - $4.99

 

 

461

 

 

 

3.67

 

 

 

4.77

 

 

 

388

 

 

 

4.83

 

 

$5.02 - $5.95

 

 

491

 

 

 

5.14

 

 

 

5.53

 

 

 

490

 

 

 

5.53

 

 

$6.04 - $7.08

 

 

71

 

 

 

5.64

 

 

 

6.80

 

 

 

59

 

 

 

6.87

 

 

$7.25 - $7.25

 

 

720

 

 

 

9.09

 

 

 

7.25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$7.29 - $9.19

 

 

444

 

 

 

6.27

 

 

 

7.90

 

 

 

294

 

 

 

7.86

 

 

$9.24 - $9.54

 

 

258

 

 

 

7.91

 

 

 

9.43

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

9.41

 

 

$9.75 - $9.75

 

 

686

 

 

 

8.76

 

 

 

9.75

 

 

 

166

 

 

 

9.75

 

 

$9.77 - $14.81

 

 

209

 

 

 

8.90

 

 

 

10.70

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

13.35

 

 

$2.52 - $14.81

 

 

4,325

 

 

 

6.83

 

 

 

$

6.81

 

 

 

2,387

 

 

 

$

5.75

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003, the number of shares and weighted average exercise price underlying exercisable options were 2,387,119 at $5.75, 3,112,002 at $5.26 and 4,338,074 at $4.95, respectively.

79




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Stock-Based Compensation

Under APB 25, Symmetricom generally recognizes no compensation expense with respect to stock-based awards, including restricted stock to employees. As discussed in Note A, we account for our stock-based awards using the intrinsic value method in accordance with APB 25 and its related interpretations. SFAS No. 123 requires the disclosure of pro forma net income (loss) and earnings (loss) per share as if we had adopted the fair value method as of the beginning of 1996. The weighted average estimated fair value of options granted was $5.11 in 2005, $6.07 in 2004 and $0.86 in 2003. Our calculations were made using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of Symmetricom’s stock-based awards to employees was estimated assuming no expected dividend and the following weighted-average assumptions for fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003:

 

 

Stock Option Plans

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Expected life after vesting (in years)

 

1.6

 

2.3

 

2.0

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

4.2

%

3.6

%

2.9

%

Volatility

 

77.1

%

82.2

%

82.1

%

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Symmetricom had an employee stock purchase plan under which eligible employees may authorize payroll deductions of up to 10% of their compensation to purchase shares of our common stock at 85% of the fair market value at certain specified dates. However, due to an inadequate number of shares of our common stock authorized under this plan, the plan was suspended as of August 1, 2003. The weighted average fair value of those purchase rights granted in 2004 and 2003 was $1.48 and $1.52, respectively. During fiscal 2004 and 2003, 98,650 and 179,571 shares were purchased at an average price of $3.26 and $2.87 per share, respectively.

Under SFAS No. 123, the fair value of the employees’ purchase rights was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model assuming that no dividends were paid during the period and with the following weighted average assumptions for fiscal 2005, 2004, and 2003:

 

 

Employee Stock
Purchase Plan

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Expected life (in years)

 

N/A

 

0.5

 

0.5

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

N/A

 

1.1

%

1.2

%

Volatility

 

N/A

 

85.5

%

82.1

%

 

Symmetricom’s pro forma net income and earnings per share data required under SFAS No. 123 is presented in Note A.

Stock Repurchase Program

On August 18, 2005, the Board of Directors authorized management to repurchase up to approximately 2.6 million shares pursuant to a repurchase program established in fiscal 2002, adding 2.0 million shares to the program previously authorized. As of June 30, 2005, there were approximately 0.6 million shares remained eligible for repurchase. There were approximately 46.3 million shares of Symmetricom common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2005.

80




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

During fiscal 2005, we repurchased 186,400 shares for an aggregate price of approximately $1.8 million. Upon termination of employees, 19,009 shares of restricted stock were forfeited pursuant to existing agreements.

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Number of

 

Average

 

Number of

 

 

 

Shares

 

Price Paid

 

Shares

 

Period

 

 

 

Purchased

 

per Share

 

Forfeited

 

October 1, 2004 through October 31, 2004

 

 

17,000

 

 

 

$

9.04

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 1, 2004 through December 31, 2004

 

 

45,000

 

 

 

9.74

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 1, 2005 through January 31, 2005

 

 

25,000

 

 

 

8.69

 

 

 

 

 

 

February 1, 2005 through February 28, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,009

 

 

April 1, 2005 through April 30, 2005

 

 

50,000

 

 

 

9.80

 

 

 

 

 

 

May 1, 2005 through May 31, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,000

 

 

June 1, 2005 through June 30, 2005

 

 

49,400

 

 

 

10.73

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

186,400

 

 

 

$

9.82

 

 

 

19,009

 

 

 

We did not repurchase any shares during fiscal 2004. However, we repurchased 321,000 shares in fiscal 2003.

Preferred Stock

We have 500,000 shares of $0.0001 par value preferred stock authorized, of which 200,000 shares have been reserved for issuance in connection with our preferred stock rights plan. The right entitles the holder to purchase from Symmetricom one one-thousandth of a share of Series A Participating Preferred Stock at a price of $72.82. The rights were distributed at the rate of one right for each share of common stock as a non-taxable dividend and will expire August 2011. The rights will be exercisable only in the event that a person or group acquires 15% or more of our outstanding common stock.

Option Repurchase

On May 28, 2003, we offered to purchase for cash from our eligible employees all outstanding stock options with exercise prices of $8.00 or greater that were granted under the Symmetricom 1999 Employee Stock Option Plan (the Symmetricom 1999 Plan) or the Datum Inc. 1994 Incentive Stock Plan (the Datum Plan).

Concurrently with this offer, we also offered to our eligible officers to exchange for shares of restricted stock all outstanding options with exercise prices equal to or greater than $8.00 granted under either of the Plans.

At the end of the offer period in June 2003, a total of 1,962,000 options were cancelled, 252,000 shares of restricted stock were issued, and $1.3 million was paid in July 2003 and was recorded as compensation expense during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003. The shares related to the cancelled options were returned to the pool of shares available for the grant of options.

The options exchanged for restricted stock resulted in a deferred compensation charge of $1.1 million. This deferred charge has been reflected on our consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2005, 2004 and 2003 and was amortized over the five-year vesting period of the restricted stock. However, the achievement of certain financial results during fiscal year 2005 accelerated the vesting of the restricted

81




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

stock, and we recorded a change for all remaining deferred compensation. We did not grant any new options to tendering employees for at least six months and one day after the date that we cancelled options under the offer.

On October 16, 2001, we acquired certain assets and products from Telmax Communications Corporation (“Telmax”), a developer of telecommunications equipment. The purchase price of the transaction included 300,000 warrants for Symmetricom’s Common Stock with a fair value of $0.8 million. The fair value of the warrants issued was calculated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.  These warrants, with an exercise price of $7.00 per share and expiring on October 16, 2006, are exercisable for 100,000 shares of common stock each on April 16, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. There has been no exercise of these warrants in fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2004.

Note N—Business Segment Information

Subsequent to the acquisitions of Datum and TrueTime, we reorganized our structure and we now have a total of five reportable segments. There are four reportable segments within the Telecom Solutions Division: Wireline Products, Wireless/OEM Products, Global Services and Specialty Manufacturing/Other. The fifth reportable segment is the Timing, Test and Measurement Division. Wireline Products consist principally of Digital Clock Distributors, or DCDs, based on quartz, rubidium and Global Positioning  System (GPS) technologies. Our Wireline Products provide highly accurate and uninterruptible timing to meet the synchronization requirements of telecommunication networks. Our OEM base station timing products are designed to deliver stable timing to cellular/PCS base stations through a GPS receiver to capture cesium-based time signals produced by GPS satellites. Our Broadband Networking products, which include GoWide, a product that provides a high-bandwidth solution for medium-sized businesses without access to optical networks, was reported as a segment in prior periods and now is included in Wireless/OEM Products due to changes in the management reporting structure. Through our Global Services division, we offer a broad portfolio of services for our customers around the world. The services we offer include system planning, network audits, network monitoring, maintenance, logistics, and installation. Transmission Products and Contract Manufacturing were reported as segments in prior periods, and are now included in Specialty Manufacturing/Other within the Telecom Solutions Division.

The Timing, Test and Measurement products are precision time and frequency systems that are important to communications systems of wireline, wireless, satellite and computer network technologies, for government, power utilities, aerospace, defense, and enterprise markets.

82




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For each of our segments, we have separate financial information, including gross profit amounts, which are evaluated regularly by management in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. We do not allocate assets or specific operating expenses to these individual operating segments. Therefore, the segment information reported here includes only net revenue and gross profit.

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

 

 

(In thousands, except percentages)

 

Net revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telecom Solutions Division:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wireline Products

 

$

83,129

 

$

71,467

 

$

61,494

 

Wireless/OEM Products

 

27,723

 

34,617

 

30,976

 

Global Services

 

9,712

 

8,315

 

3,852

 

Specialty Manufacturing/Other

 

9,759

 

9,537

 

4,961

 

Timing, Test and Measurement Division

 

58,824

 

48,911

 

30,766

 

Total net revenue

 

189,147

 

172,847

 

132,049

 

Cost of sales:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telecom Solutions Division:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wireline Products

 

35,848

 

37,084

 

39,392

 

Wireless/OEM Products

 

19,621

 

25,781

 

21,773

 

Global Services

 

5,547

 

4,832

 

794

 

Specialty Manufacturing/Other

 

8,115

 

8,168

 

4,166

 

Timing, Test and Measurement Division

 

27,589

 

25,545

 

17,293

 

Other cost of sales*

 

3,899

 

9,773

 

2,300

 

Total cost of sales

 

100,619

 

111,183

 

85,718

 

Gross profit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telecom Solutions Division:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wireline Products

 

47,281

 

34,383

 

22,102

 

Wireless/OEM Products

 

8,102

 

8,836

 

9,203

 

Global Services

 

4,165

 

3,483

 

3,058

 

Specialty Manufacturing/Other

 

1,644

 

1,369

 

795

 

Timing, Test and Measurement Division

 

31,235

 

23,366

 

13,473

 

Other cost of sales*

 

(3,899

)

(9,773

)

(2,300

)

Total gross profit

 

$

88,528

 

$

61,664

 

$

46,331

 

Gross margin:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telecom Solutions Division:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wireline Products

 

56.9

%

48.1

%

35.9

%

Wireless/OEM Products

 

29.2

%

25.5

%

29.7

%

Global Services

 

42.9

%

41.9

%

79.4

%

Specialty Manufacturing/Other

 

16.8

%

14.4

%

16.0

%

Timing, Test and Measurement Division

 

53.1

%

47.8

%

43.8

%

Other cost of sales*

 

(2.1

)%

(5.7

)%

(1.7

)%

Total gross margin

 

46.8

%

35.7

%

35.1

%


*                    Includes amortization of purchased technology, write-off of Telmax royalty and applicable integration and restructuring charges.

83




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Our export sales accounted for 35%, 32%, and 33%, of our net revenue in 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively. The geographical components of sales are as follows:

 

 

Year ended June 30,

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

United States

 

 

65

%

 

 

68

%

 

 

67

%

 

International:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asia

 

 

11

%

 

 

12

%

 

 

7

%

 

Europe

 

 

16

%

 

 

14

%

 

 

15

%

 

Canada

 

 

2

%

 

 

2

%

 

 

2

%

 

Latin America

 

 

5

%

 

 

3

%

 

 

7

%

 

Rest of the world

 

 

1

%

 

 

1

%

 

 

2

%

 

 

No customer accounted for 10% or more of our net revenue in fiscal 2005, 2004, and 2003.

Note O—Integration and Restructuring Charges

In connection with the acquisitions of Datum and TrueTime in fiscal 2003, we initiated an integration plan to consolidate and restructure certain functions of the pre-acquisition Datum and TrueTime operations. During fiscal 2004, a majority of our manufacturing operations were consolidated into our facility in Aguadilla, Puerto Rico and we integrated our Irvine, California manufacturing into our Beverly, Massachusetts facility. Internally, we have consolidated the Broadband Networking Division, which is now part of our Wireless/OEM Products segment, into the Telecom Solutions Division and discontinued the Trusted Time Division. Related to the acquisitions, we accrued approximately $8.3 million of restructuring costs in connection with loss on several facility leases and employee terminations. These costs have been recognized as a liability assumed in the purchase business combination in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No. 95-3, “Recognition of Liabilities in Connection with Purchase Business Combinations,” and reflected as an increase to goodwill. In addition, we expensed $1.2 million for additional lease loss accrual during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2003.

The facilities accruals from the integration plan represent the lease loss accruals for the Toledo Way facility in Irvine, California, the Westwind Boulevard facility in Santa Rosa, California, and the Via Del Oro facility in San Jose, California. These accruals are presented net of expected sublease income. The employee terminations were for personnel from manufacturing, engineering, sales, marketing and administration from the Datum and TrueTime sites in Beverly, Massachusetts; Austin, Texas; Santa Rosa, California; and Irvine, California.

During fiscal 2004, we had a restructuring plan to reduce headcount primarily in the Telecom Solution Division and to exit our Parker facility in Irvine, California, the Lindbergh Avenue facility in Livermore, California and the Brighton facility in the United Kingdom. We reported integration and restructuring expenses of $8.2 million in fiscal 2004, of which  $5.9 million is in cost of goods sold and $2.3 million is in operating expenses also the $8.2 million total expense consisted of  $2.3 million for facility costs, $3.7 million for severance and benefits, and $2.2 for other integration and restructuring charges. The $5.9 million in gross cost of goods sold consists of $2.6 million in severance related costs for the terminated manufacturing employees when the Irvine plant was closed in December 2003 and production relocated to Beverly Massachusetts, $2.3 million for lease loss for the Irvine Parker facility and the Santa Rosa facility, a credit of $0.9 million for a contract settlement payment from a major customer for Datum obsolete inventory, and $1.9 million for all other plant shutdown, move costs, and employee relocation. The

84




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

$2.3 million in operating expenses consists of $1.6 million for severance and related costs for the Irvine shutdown and other division integration, and $0.7 million for land remediation accruals for EPA issues related to a former Datum facility located in Austin, Texas.

In the second quarter of fiscal 2004, we recorded integration and restructuring charges of $6.8 million in acquisition-related costs, $5.2 million of which was recorded as cost of sales and the remaining $1.6 million as operating expenses. These $5.2 million of cost of goods charges is primarily for the closure of the former Datum Irvine, California manufacturing facility and move of production to Beverly, Massachusetts. The $1.6 million of operating expense charges relate to divisions restructuring after the acquisition of Datum and TrueTime.

During fiscal 2005, we did not have any integration and restructuring charges. All of the accrued severance expenses from the integration plan have been paid out. The balance of the $0.9 million lease loss accrual for the facilities as of June 30, 2005 will be paid over the next seven years.

The following tables show the details of the restructuring cost accruals, which consist of facilities and severance costs, for the years ended June 30, 2005 and 2004. The adjustments are for reclassifications of facility and benefit accruals:

 

 

Balance at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at

 

 

 

June 30,

 

Expenses

 

 

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2003

 

Additions

 

Adjustments

 

Total

 

Payments

 

2004

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Facilities (October 2002 to
June 2003)

 

 

$

2,165

 

 

 

$

306

 

 

 

$

361

 

 

$

667

 

 

$

(1,208

)

 

 

$

1,624

 

 

Facilities (fiscal 2004)

 

 

 

 

 

1,643

 

 

 

 

 

1,643

 

 

(315

)

 

 

1,328

 

 

 

 

 

2,165

 

 

 

1,949

 

 

 

361

 

 

2,310

 

 

(1,523

)

 

 

2,952

 

 

Severance and benefits (October 2002 to June 2003)

 

 

886

 

 

 

 

 

 

38

 

 

38

 

 

(924

)

 

 

 

 

Severance and benefits (fiscal 2004)

 

 

 

 

 

3,697

 

 

 

 

 

3,697

 

 

(3,682

)

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

886

 

 

 

3,697

 

 

 

38

 

 

3,735

 

 

(4,606

)

 

 

15

 

 

Total severance and facilities

 

 

3,051

 

 

 

5,646

 

 

 

399

 

 

6,045

 

 

(6,129

)

 

 

2,967

 

 

All other integration and restructuring changes (fiscal 2004)

 

 

 

 

 

2,143

 

 

 

 

 

2,143

 

 

(1,443

)

 

 

700

 

 

Total

 

 

$

3,051

 

 

 

$

7,789

 

 

 

$

399

 

 

$

8,188

 

 

$

(7,572

)

 

 

$

3,667

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at

 

 

 

June 30,

 

Expenses

 

June 30,

 

 

 

2004

 

Additions

 

Adjustments

 

Total

 

Payments

 

2005

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Facilities (October 2002 to
June 2003)

 

 

$

1,624

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

(1,080

)

 

 

$

544

 

 

Facilities (fiscal 2004)

 

 

1,328

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(926

)

 

 

402

 

 

Severance and benefits (fiscal 2004).

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(15

)

 

 

 

 

Total severance and facilities

 

 

2,967

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,021

)

 

 

946

 

 

All other integration and restructuring changes (fiscal 2004)

 

 

700

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

700

 

 

Total

 

 

$

3,667

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

(2,021

)

 

 

$

1,646

 

 

 

85




SYMMETRICOM, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note P—Subsequent Events

On August 1, 2005, Symmetricom, Inc. completed the acquisition of Agilent’s Frequency and Time Standards product line. Under the terms of the transaction, Symmetricom paid approximately $8.0 million in cash. All 16 Agilent employees supporting the product line agreed to join Symmetricom. Manufacturing of this product line will move to the company’s San Jose, California facilities.

Effective August 4, 2005, the Symmetricom Board approved a change in the terms for stock options granted on and after August 4, 2005. The life of a stock option grant is now 5 years instead of 10 years. Vesting terms are generally unchanged.

On August 5, 2005, the board of directors of Symmetricom, Inc. (“Symmetricom”) approved a cash bonus plan for fiscal year 2006 (the “Plan”). Bonuses under the Plan may be up to 150% of an employee’s base salary, and will be based upon the company’s revenue and earnings in fiscal 2006 in comparison to certain target amounts and upon the achievement of personal goals. Payments under the Plan will be made on a semi-annual basis at the rate of 30% of the annual bonus amount for first half of the year, and the balance of 70% of the annual bonus amount will be made at the year end. Payments under the Plan will be made within sixty days of the end of each six-month period. Employees must be on the payroll for the last workday of the six month period to be eligible to participate in the Plan.

On August 18, 2005, the Board of Directors authorized the management to repurchase up to approximately 2.6 million shares pursuant to a repurchase program established in fiscal 2002, adding 2.0 million shares to the program previously authorized. As of June 30, 2005, there were approximately 0.6 million shares remained eligible for repurchase. There were approximately 46.3 million shares of Symmetricom common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2005.

86




Item 9.                        Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not applicable.

Item 9A.                Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on such evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of the end of such period, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective in recording, processing, summarizing and reporting, on a timely basis, information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have not been any changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting based on criteria established in the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s management concluded that its internal control over financial reporting was effective as of June 30, 2005.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm has audited management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2005 as stated in their report.

87




REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
Symmetricom, Inc.
San Jose, California

We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that Symmetricom Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2005, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, management’s assessment that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2005, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2005, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule as of and for the year ended June 30, 2005 of the Company and our report dated September 9, 2005 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and financial statement schedule.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
San Jose, California
September 9, 2005

88




Item 9B.               Other Information

None.

PART III

Item 10.                 Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

(a)           Executive Officers

See the section entitled “Executive Officers of Symmetricom” in Part I of this report.

(b)          Directors

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information under the caption “Election of Directors—Nominees” contained in the Company’s Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the Company’s 2005 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on October 27, 2005 (the “Proxy Statement”).

(c)           Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), requires a company’s directors, officers and beneficial owners of more than 10% of any class of equity securities of the company registered pursuant to section 12 of the Exchange Act to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) initial reports of beneficial ownership and reports of changes in ownership of Common Stock and other equity securities of Symmetricom registered pursuant to section 12 of the Exchange Act. This information is contained in the section called “Section 16(A) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

(d)          Code of Ethics

We have adopted a written code of ethics that applies to all of our employees and to our Board of Directors. A copy of the code is available on our website at http://www.symmetricom.com and is attached as an exhibit to this report.

Item 11.                 Executive Compensation

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information under the captions “Election of Directors—Nominees,” “Executive Officer Compensation,” “Election of Directors—Director Compensation,” and “Certain Transactions” contained in the Proxy Statement.

Item 12.                 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholders Matters

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information under the caption “Other Information—Share Ownership by Principal Shareholders and Management” contained in the Proxy Statement.

Item 13.                 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information under the caption “Certain Transactions” contained in the Proxy Statement.

Item 14.                 Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by this item is included in “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Auditors of the Company” in our Proxy Statement.

89




PART IV

Item 15.                 Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)   Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule

1.   Financial Statement.   Reference is made to the Index to Consolidated Statements of Symmetricom, Inc. under Item 8 of Part II hereof.

2. Financial Statement Schedule.   The following financial statement schedule of Symmetricom for the years ended June 30, 2005, 2004, and 2003, is filed as part of this report on Form 10-K and should be read in conjunction with the financial statements. Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves. All other schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable, not required, or the required information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.

3.   Exhibits.   See Item 15(b) below. Each management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed has been identified.

(b)   Exhibits

Exhibit No.

 

Description of Exhibits

1.1

 

Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 2, 2005, between Symmetricom, Inc. and the Initial Purchasers (incorporated by reference to exhibit 1.1 to the Registrant’s current report on form 8-k filed in June 8, 2005).

2.1

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger dated May 22, 2002, among the Registrant, Datum Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Dublin Acquisition Subsidiary, Inc., a Delaware corporation (incorporated by reference from exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed May 24, 2002).

 

 

The following exhibits and schedules to the Agreement and Plan of Merger have been omitted. Symmetricom will furnish copies of the omitted schedules and exhibits to the Commission upon request:

 

 

Company Disclosure Schedule

 

 

Parent Disclosure Schedule

 

 

Schedule 1.1

 

 

Schedule 2.2(d) (if applicable)

 

 

Exhibit A-1 Form of Support Agreement—Company

 

 

Exhibit A-2 Form of Support Agreement—Parent

 

 

Exhibit B Form of Lockup Agreement

 

 

Exhibit C Form of Affiliate Agreement

2.2

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated January 3, 2002, among the Registrant and Symmetricom, Inc. a California corporation (incorporated by reference from exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed January 9, 2002).

2.3

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 27, 2002, together with the First Amendment thereto dated as of June 26, 2002, among the Registrant, TrueTime Inc. and Sco-TRT Acquisition, Inc. (incorporated by reference from exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed April 1, 2002 and Annex B to the Registrant’s registration statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-92392) filed July 15, 2002).

 

 

The following exhibits and schedules to the Agreement and Plan of Merger have been omitted. Symmetricom will furnish copies of the omitted schedules and exhibits to the Commission upon request:

 

 

Disclosure Schedule

90




 

 

Schedule 2.2(d) if applicable

 

 

Schedule 7.13(a)

 

 

Exhibit C—Form of Extended Employment Agreement

 

 

Exhibit D—Form of Three Month Employment Agreement

3.1(i)

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated by reference from exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed January 9, 2002).

3.1(ii)

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference from exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed August 10, 2005).

4.1

 

Form of Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference from exhibit 4.1 to the Registrants annual report on Form 10-K filed August 30, 2002).

4.2

 

Rights Agreement dated as of August 9, 2001 between the Registrant and Mellon Investor Services (incorporated by reference from exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s registration statement on Form 8-A filed August 9, 2001).

4.3

 

Indenture, dated as of June 8, 2005, between Symmetricom, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference from exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s current report on the Form 8-K filed June 8, 2005).

4.4

 

Form of 3¼% Contingent Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2025 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.3 hereof).

4.5

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2005, between Symmetricom, Inc. and the Initial Purchasers (incorporated by reference from exhibit 4.3 to the Registrant’s current report on the Form 8-K filed June 8, 2005).

10.1#

 

1994 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended through July 27, 1988 (incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s 1998 proxy statement filed October 5, 1998).

10.2#

 

1999 Director Stock Option Plan, as amended through October 23, 2001 and forms of agreements thereunder (incorporated by reference from exhibit 99.3 to the Registrant’s 1999 proxy statement filed September 23, 1999 and exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed February 13, 2001).

10.3#

 

1999 Employee Stock Option Plan, as amended through October 23, 2001, and forms of agreements thereunder (incorporated by reference from exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant’s proxy statement filed September 23, 1999 and exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed February 13, 2001).

10.4#

 

Amendment to the Symmetricom, Inc. 1999 Employee Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit (d)(6) to the Registrant’s tender offer statement on Schedule TO, filed May 28, 2003).

10.5#

 

2002 Employee Stock Plan (incorporated by reference from exhibit 4.1 to Registrant’s registration statement on Form S-8 (file no. 333-97599) filed August 2, 2002).

10.6

 

Lease Agreement by and between the Registrant and Nexus Equity, Inc. dated June 10, 1996 (incorporated by reference from exhibit 10.14 to the Registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed September 17, 1996).

10.7

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference from exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed August 30, 2002).

91




 

10.8#

 

Symmetricom, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan effective October 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference from exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed May 15, 2001).

10.9#

 

Symmetricom, Inc. Senior Executive Loan Plan as adopted January 19, 2001 (incorporated by reference from exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed May 15, 2001).

10.10#

 

Promissory Note Secured by Deed of Trust issued by Thomas W. Steipp to the Registrant dated March 24, 1998 (incorporated by reference from exhibit 10.22 to the Registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed September 24, 1998).

10.11#

 

Promissory Note issued by Thomas W. Steipp to the Registrant dated January 25, 1999 (incorporated by reference from exhibit 10.28 to the Registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed February 4, 1999).

10.12#

 

Promissory Note Secured by Deed of Trust issued by Thomas W. Steipp to the Registrant dated January 25, 1999 (incorporated by reference from exhibit 10.29 to the Registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed February 4, 1999).

10.13#

 

Rider to Deed of Trust by Thomas W. Steipp and Debra L. Steipp, as Trustor, to First American Title Insurance Company, as Trustee, for the benefit of Symmetricom, Inc., as Beneficiary (incorporated by reference from exhibit 10.30 to the Registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed February 4, 1999).

10.14#

 

Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Thomas W. Steipp dated July 1, 2001 (incorporated by reference from exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed September 20, 2001).

10.15#

 

Change of Control Retention Agreement between the Registrant and Thomas W. Steipp dated July 1, 2001 (incorporated by reference from exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed September 20, 2001).

10.16#

 

Change of Control Agreement with William Slater dated February 8, 2002 (incorporated by reference from exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed May 14, 2002).

10.17#

 

Executive Transition Employment Agreement between the Company and Frederick B. Stroupe dated June 9, 2005 (incorporated by reference from exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed June 13, 2005).

10.18#

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award (incorporated by reference from Schedule A to Exhibit (a)(1)(ii) to the Registrant’s tender offer statement on Schedule TO, filed May 28, 2003).

10.19

 

Standard Industrial Lease between Manor Development Co. and TrueTime, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.9 to TrueTime Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-90269).

10.20

 

Standard Industrial/Commercial Single-Tenant Lease—Net, dated as of January 24, 2000, by and between Cooperhill Development Corporation and TrueTime, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to TrueTime Inc.’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 30, 2000).

92




 

10.21

 

Amendment to the Standard Industrial/Commercial Single-Tenant Lease—Net, dated as of January 24, 2000, by and between Cooperhill Development Corporation and TrueTime Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.7 to TrueTime Inc.’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2000).

10.22

 

Standard Industrial Sublease dated as of December 11, 2000 by and between Innovadyne Technologies, Inc. and TrueTime, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to TrueTime Inc.’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2000).

10.23

 

Lease Intended as Security dated as of April 30, 2001 by and between Bank of America and TrueTime, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to TrueTime Inc.’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2001).

10.24#

 

Datum Inc.’s 1984 Stock Option Plan, as amended to date (incorporated by reference from Datum Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, File Nos. 2-96564, 33-10035 and 33-41709).

10.25#

 

Datum Inc.’s Savings and Retirement Plan, as amended to date (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.19 to Datum Inc.’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1991).

10.26#

 

Datum Inc.’s 1994 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Datum Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, File No. 33-79772).

10.27#

 

Amendment to Datum Inc.’s 1994 Stock Incentive Plan, effective March 17, 1995 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.29.1 to Datum Inc.’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994).

10.28#

 

Second Amendment to Datum Inc.’s 1994 Stock Incentive Plan, effective June 5, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Datum Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, File No. 33-79772).

10.29

 

Lease Agreement dated September 15, 1986 by and between the Irvine Company and Efratom Division, Ball Corporation, for Efratom Time and Frequency Products, Inc.’s facility at 3 Parker, Irvine, California (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.32 to Datum Inc.’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994).

10.30

 

First Amendment to Lease, dated March 15, 1995, between the Irvine Company and Efratom Division, Ball Corporation for Lease Agreement dated September 15, 1986 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.32 to Datum Inc.’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994).

10.31

 

Industrial Lease dated May 11, 1995 between the Irvine Company and Datum Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.34 to Datum Inc.’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 1995).

10.32

 

Amendment to Lease dated May 11, 1995 between the Irvine Company and Datum Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.32 to Datum Inc.’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 1995).

10.33

 

Second Amendment to Lease dated May 11, 1995 for 3 Parker (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.32.3 to Datum Inc.’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 1995).

93




 

10.34#

 

Service Agreement, by and between the Company and Eric van der Kaay (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 30, 2003).

10.35

 

Agreement with Lucent Technologies, Inc., between Datum Inc. and Lucent Technologies, Inc. signed July 2, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 to Datum Inc.’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 1998, portions of this exhibit are omitted and were filed separately with the Secretary of the Commission pursuant to the Company’s application requesting confidential treatment under Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933).

10.36

 

Loan and Trust Agreement, dated May 1, 2001, among Massachusetts Development Finance Agency, Frequency and Time Systems, Inc. and Wells Fargo Brokerage Services, LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.57 to Datum Inc.’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2001).

10.37

 

Bond Purchase Agreement dated May 1, 2001, among Wells Fargo Brokerage Services, LLC, Frequency and Time Systems, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.58 to Datum Inc.’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2001).

10.38

 

Remarketing Agreement, dated May 1, 2001, among Wells Fargo Brokerage Services, LLC, Frequency and Time Systems, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.59 to Datum Inc.’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2001).

10.39

 

Credit Agreement dated May 1, 2004, between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

10.40

 

Revolving Line of Credit Note dated June 1, 2005, between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

10.41

 

First Amendment To Credit Agreement Jun 1, 2005, between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

14

 

Code of Ethics (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.1 of the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed August 10, 2005).

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (see page 96 of this Form 10-K).

31

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32

 

Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.


#                 Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement

(c)   Financial Statement Schedule

See Item 15(a)(2) above.

94




SCHEDULE II

SYMMETRICOM, INC.

VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES

(In thousands)

 

 

Balance at

 

Charged to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning of

 

Costs and

 

 

 

Balance at

 

 

 

Year

 

Expenses

 

Deductions(1)

 

End of Year

 

Year ended June 30, 2005:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued warranty expense

 

 

$

3,194

 

 

 

$

2,546

 

 

 

$

2,402

 

 

 

$

3,338

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

$

763

 

 

 

$

295

 

 

 

$

184

 

 

 

$

874

 

 

Allowance for excess and obsolete inventory

 

 

$

5,617

 

 

 

$

934

 

 

 

$

1,638

 

 

 

$

4,913

 

 

Year ended June 30, 2004:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued warranty expense

 

 

$

4,021

 

 

 

$

2,059

 

 

 

$

2,886

 

 

 

$

3,194

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

$

974

 

 

 

$

26

 

 

 

$

237

 

 

 

$

763

 

 

Allowance for excess and obsolete inventory

 

 

$

6,532

 

 

 

$

909

 

 

 

$

1,824

 

 

 

$

5,617

 

 

Year ended June 30, 2003:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued warranty expense

 

 

$

4,950

 

 

 

$

3,800

(2)

 

 

$

4,729

 

 

 

$

4,021

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

$

789

 

 

 

$

346

 

 

 

$

161

 

 

 

$

974

 

 

Allowance for excess and obsolete inventory

 

 

$

4,718

 

 

 

$

3,926

 

 

 

$

2,112

 

 

 

$

6,532

 

 


(1)          Deductions represent costs charged or amounts written off against the reserve or allowance.

(2)          Amount includes balances from Datum and TrueTime at acquisition.

95




SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

SYMMETRICOM, INC.

Date: September 12, 2005

 

By:

 

/s/    THOMAS W. STEIPP

 

 

 

 

Thomas W. Steipp
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Thomas W. Steipp and William Slater, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, each with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact or their substitute or substitutes may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signatures

 

 

Title

 

 

Date

 

/s/    THOMAS W. STEIPP

 

Chief Executive Officer (Principal

 

September 12, 2005

Thomas W. Steipp

 

Executive Officer) and Director

 

 

/s/    WILLIAM SLATER

 

Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

 

September 12, 2005

William Slater

 

(Principal Financial and

Accounting Officer)

 

 

/s/    ROBERT T. CLARKSON

 

Chairman of the Board

 

September 12, 2005

Robert T. Clarkson

 

 

 

 

/s/    ALFRED BOSCHULTE

 

Director

 

September 12, 2005

Alfred Boschulte

 

 

 

 

/s/    ELIZABETH A. FETTER

 

Director

 

September 12, 2005

Elizabeth A. Fetter

 

 

 

 

/s/    ROBERT M. NEUMEISTER JR.

 

Director

 

September 12, 2005

Robert M. Neumeister Jr.

 

 

 

 

/s/    RICHARD W. OLIVER

 

Director

 

September 12, 2005

Richard W. Oliver

 

 

 

 

/s/    RICHARD N. SNYDER

 

Director

 

September 12, 2005

Richard N. Snyder

 

 

 

 

/s/    ROBERT J. STANZIONE

 

Director

 

September 12, 2005

Robert J. Stanzione

 

 

 

 

 

96




EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.

 

Description of Exhibits

1.1

 

Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 2, 2005, between Symmetricom, Inc. and the Initial Purchasers (incorporated by reference to exhibit 1.1 to the Registrant’s current report on form 8-k filed in June 8, 2005).

2.1

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated May 22, 2002, among the Registrant, Datum Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Dublin Acquisition Subsidiary, Inc., a Delaware corporation (incorporated by reference from exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed May 24, 2002).

 

 

The following exhibits and schedules to the Agreement and Plan of Merger have been omitted. Symmetricom will furnish copies of the omitted schedules and exhibits to the Commission upon request:

 

 

Company Disclosure Schedule

 

 

Parent Disclosure Schedule

 

 

Schedule 1.1

 

 

Schedule 2.2(d) (if applicable)

 

 

Exhibit A-1 Form of Support Agreement—Company

 

 

Exhibit A-2 Form of Support Agreement—Parent

 

 

Exhibit B Form of Lockup Agreement

 

 

Exhibit C Form of Affiliate Agreement

2.2

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated January 3, 2002, among the Registrant and Symmetricom, Inc. a California corporation (incorporated by reference from exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed January 9, 2002).

2.3

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 27, 2002, together with the First Amendment thereto dated as of June 26, 2002, among the Registrant, TrueTime Inc. and Sco-TRT Acquisition, Inc. (incorporated by reference from exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed April 1, 2002 and Annex B to the Registrant’s registration statement on Form S-4 (file no. 333-92392) filed July 15, 2002).

 

 

The following exhibits and schedules to the Agreement and Plan of Merger have been omitted. Symmetricom will furnish copies of the omitted schedules and exhibits to the Commission upon request:

 

 

Disclosure Schedule

 

 

Schedule 2.2(d) if applicable

 

 

Schedule 7.13(a)

 

 

Exhibit C—Form of Extended Employment Agreement

 

 

Exhibit D—Form of Three Month Employment Agreement

3.1(i)

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated by reference from exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed January 9, 2002).

3.1(ii)

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference from exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed August 10, 2005).

4.1

 

Form of Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference from exhibit 4.1 to the Registrants annual report on Form 10-K filed August 30, 2002).

4.2

 

Rights Agreement dated as of August 9, 2001 between the Registrant and Mellon Investor Services (incorporated by reference from exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s registration statement on Form 8-A filed August 9, 2001).




 

4.3

 

Indenture, dated as of June 8, 2005, between Symmetricom, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference from exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s current report on the Form 8-K filed June 8, 2005).

4.4

 

Form of 3¼% Contingent Convertible Subordinated Notes due 2025 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.3 hereof).

4.5

 

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 8, 2005, between Symmetricom, Inc. and the Initial Purchasers (incorporated by reference from exhibit 4.3 to the Registrant’s current report on the Form 8-K filed June 8, 2005).

10.1#

 

1994 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended through July 27, 1988 (incorporated by reference from the Registrant’s 1998 proxy statement filed October 5, 1998).

10.2#

 

1999 Director Stock Option Plan, as amended through October 23, 2001 and forms of agreements thereunder (incorporated by reference from exhibit 99.3 to the Registrant’s 1999 proxy statement filed September 23, 1999 and exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed February 13, 2001).

10.3#

 

1999 Employee Stock Option Plan, as amended through October 23, 2001, and forms of agreements thereunder (incorporated by reference from exhibit 99.1 to the Registrant’s proxy statement filed September 23, 1999 and exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed February 13, 2001).

10.4#

 

Amendment to the Symmetricom, Inc. 1999 Employee Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference from Exhibit (d)(6) to the Registrant’s tender offer statement on Schedule TO, filed May 28, 2003).

10.5#

 

2002 Employee Stock Plan (incorporated by reference from exhibit 4.1 to Registrant’s registration statement on Form S-8 (file no. 333-97599) filed August 2, 2002).

10.6

 

Lease Agreement by and between the Registrant and Nexus Equity, Inc. dated June 10, 1996 (incorporated by reference from exhibit 10.14 to the Registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed September 17, 1996).

10.7

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference from exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed August 30, 2002).

10.8#

 

Symmetricom, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan effective October 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference from exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed May 15, 2001).

10.9#

 

Symmetricom, Inc. Senior Executive Loan Plan as adopted January 19, 2001 (incorporated by reference from exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed May 15, 2001).

10.10#

 

Promissory Note Secured by Deed of Trust issued by Thomas W. Steipp to the Registrant dated March 24, 1998 (incorporated by reference from exhibit 10.22 to the Registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed September 24, 1998).

10.11#

 

Promissory Note issued by Thomas W. Steipp to the Registrant dated January 25, 1999 (incorporated by reference from exhibit 10.28 to the Registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed February 4, 1999).

10.12#

 

Promissory Note Secured by Deed of Trust issued by Thomas W. Steipp to the Registrant dated January 25, 1999 (incorporated by reference from exhibit 10.29 to the Registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed February 4, 1999).




 

10.13#

 

Rider to Deed of Trust by Thomas W. Steipp and Debra L. Steipp, as Trustor, to First American Title Insurance Company, as Trustee, for the benefit of Symmetricom, Inc., as Beneficiary (incorporated by reference from exhibit 10.30 to the Registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed February 4, 1999).

10.14#

 

Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Thomas W. Steipp dated July 1, 2001 (incorporated by reference from exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed September 20, 2001).

10.15#

 

Change of Control Retention Agreement between the Registrant and Thomas W. Steipp dated July 1, 2001 (incorporated by reference from exhibit 10.19 to the Registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K filed September 20, 2001).

10.16#

 

Change of Control Agreement with William Slater dated February 8, 2002 (incorporated by reference from exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q filed May 14, 2002).

10.17#

 

Executive Transition Employment Agreement between the Company and Frederick B. Stroupe dated June 9, 2005 (incorporated by reference from exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed June 13, 2005).

10.18#

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award (incorporated by reference from Schedule A to Exhibit (a)(1)(ii) to the Registrant’s tender offer statement on Schedule TO, filed May 28, 2003).

10.19

 

Standard Industrial Lease between Manor Development Co. and TrueTime, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit 10.9 to TrueTime Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-90269).

10.20

 

Standard Industrial/Commercial Single-Tenant Lease—Net, dated as of January 24, 2000, by and between Cooperhill Development Corporation and TrueTime, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to TrueTime Inc.’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 30, 2000).

10.21

 

Amendment to the Standard Industrial/Commercial Single-Tenant Lease—Net, dated as of January 24, 2000, by and between Cooperhill Development Corporation and TrueTime Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.7 to TrueTime Inc.’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2000).

10.22

 

Standard Industrial Sublease dated as of December 11, 2000 by and between Innovadyne Technologies, Inc. and TrueTime, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to TrueTime Inc.’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2000).

10.23

 

Lease Intended as Security dated as of April 30, 2001 by and between Bank of America and TrueTime, Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.1 to TrueTime Inc.’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2001).

10.24#

 

Datum Inc.’s 1984 Stock Option Plan, as amended to date (incorporated by reference from Datum Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, File Nos. 2-96564, 33-10035 and 33-41709).

10.25#

 

Datum Inc.’s Savings and Retirement Plan, as amended to date (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.19 to Datum Inc.’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1991).

10.26#

 

Datum Inc.’s 1994 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference from Datum Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, File No. 33-79772).




 

10.27#

 

Amendment to Datum Inc.’s 1994 Stock Incentive Plan, effective March 17, 1995 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.29.1 to Datum Inc.’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994).

10.28#

 

Second Amendment to Datum Inc.’s 1994 Stock Incentive Plan, effective June 5, 1997 (incorporated by reference to Datum Inc.’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, File No. 33-79772).

10.29

 

Lease Agreement dated September 15, 1986 by and between the Irvine Company and Efratom Division, Ball Corporation, for Efratom Time and Frequency Products, Inc.’s facility at 3 Parker, Irvine, California (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.32 to Datum Inc.’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994).

10.30

 

First Amendment to Lease, dated March 15, 1995, between the Irvine Company and Efratom Division, Ball Corporation for Lease Agreement dated September 15, 1986 (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.32 to Datum Inc.’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994).

10.31

 

Industrial Lease dated May 11, 1995 between the Irvine Company and Datum Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.34 to Datum Inc.’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 1995).

10.32

 

Amendment to Lease dated May 11, 1995 between the Irvine Company and Datum Inc. (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.32 to Datum Inc.’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 1995).

10.33

 

Second Amendment to Lease dated May 11, 1995 for 3 Parker (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.32.3 to Datum Inc.’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 1995).

10.34#

 

Service Agreement, by and between the Company and Eric van der Kaay (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 30, 2003).

10.35

 

Agreement with Lucent Technologies, Inc., between Datum Inc. and Lucent Technologies, Inc. signed July 2, 1998 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 to Datum Inc.’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 1998, portions of this exhibit are omitted and were filed separately with the Secretary of the Commission pursuant to the Company’s application requesting confidential treatment under Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933).

10.36

 

Loan and Trust Agreement, dated May 1, 2001, among Massachusetts Development Finance Agency, Frequency and Time Systems, Inc. and Wells Fargo Brokerage Services, LLC (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.57 to Datum Inc.’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2001).

10.37

 

Bond Purchase Agreement dated May 1, 2001, among Wells Fargo Brokerage Services, LLC, Frequency and Time Systems, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference from Exhibit 10.58 to Datum Inc.’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2001).

10.38

 

Remarketing Agreement, dated May 1, 2001, among Wells Fargo Brokerage Services, LLC, Frequency and Time Systems, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.59 to Datum Inc.’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2001).

10.39

 

Credit Agreement dated May 1, 2004, between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association




 

10.40

 

Revolving Line of Credit Note dated May 1, 2004, between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

10.41

 

First Amendment To Credit Agreement Jun 1, 2005, between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

14

 

Code of Ethics (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.1 of the Company’s current report on Form 8-K filed August 10, 2005).

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (see page 96 of this Form 10-K).

31

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32

 

Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.


#                 Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement

(c)   Financial Statement Schedule

See Item 15(a)(2) above.



EX-10.39 2 a05-13094_1ex10d39.htm EX-10.39

Exhibit 10.39

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is entered into as of May 1, 2004, by and between SYMMETRICOM, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“Bank”).

 

RECITALS

 

Borrower has requested that Bank extend or continue credit to Borrower as described below, and Bank has agreed to provide such credit to Borrower on the terms and conditions contained herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Bank and Borrower hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

CREDIT TERMS

 

SECTION 1.1 LINE OF CREDIT.

 

(a) Line of Credit. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank hereby agrees to make advances to Borrower from time to time up to and including March 1, 2005, not to exceed at any time the aggregate principal amount of Five Million and 00/100 Dollars ($5,000,000.00) (“Line of Credit”), the proceeds of which shall be used to finance Borrower’s working capital requirements. Borrower’s obligation to repay advances under the Line of Credit shall be evidenced by a promissory note dated as of May 1, 2004 (“Line of Credit Note”), all terms of which are incorporated herein by this reference.

 

(b) Letter of Credit Subfeature. As a subfeature under the Line of Credit, Bank agrees from time to time during the term thereof to issue or cause an affiliate to issue standby letters of credit for the account of Borrower (each, a “Letter of Credit” and collectively, “Letters of Credit”); provided however, that the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit shall not at any time exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00). The form and substance of each Letter of Credit shall be subject to approval by Bank, in its sole discretion. No Letter of Credit shall have an expiration date subsequent to December 1, 2005. The undrawn amount of all Letters of Credit shall be reserved under the Line of Credit and shall not be available for borrowings thereunder. Each Letter of Credit shall be subject to the additional terms and conditions of the Letter of Credit agreements, applications and any related documents required by Bank in connection with the issuance thereof. Each drawing paid under a Letter of Credit shall be deemed an advance under the Line of Credit and shall be repaid by Borrower in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement applicable to such advances; provided however, that if advances under the Line of Credit are not available, for any reason, at the time any drawing is paid, then Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank the full amount drawn, together with interest thereon from the date such drawing is paid to the date such amount is fully repaid by Borrower, at the rate of interest applicable to advances under the Line of Credit. In such event Borrower agrees that Bank, in its sole discretion, may debit any account maintained by Borrower with Bank for the amount of any such drawing.

 

(c) Borrowing and Repayment. Borrower may from time to time during the term of the Line of Credit borrow, partially or wholly repay its outstanding borrowings, and reborrow, subject to all of the limitations, terms and conditions contained herein or in the Line of Credit Note; provided however, that the total outstanding borrowings under the Line of Credit shall not at any time exceed the maximum principal amount available thereunder, as set forth above.

 

SECTION 1.2 INTEREST/FEES.

 

(a) Interest. The outstanding principal balance of each credit subject hereto shall bear interest at the rate of interest set forth in each promissory note or other instrument or document executed in connection therewith.

 

(b) Computation and Payment. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year, actual days elapsed. Interest shall be payable at the times and place set forth in each promissory note or other instrument or document required hereby.

 

(c) Commitment Fee. Borrower shall pay to Bank a non-refundable commitment fee for the Line of Credit equal to $25,000.00, which fee shall be due and payable in full upon execution of this Agreement.

 

(d) Unused Commitment Fee. Borrower shall pay to Bank a fee equal to one-quarter of one percent (.25%) per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year, actual days elapsed) on the average daily unused amount of the Line of Credit, which fee shall be calculated on a calendar quarter basis by Bank and shall be due and payable by Borrower in arrears on each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31.

 

1



 

(e) Letter of Credit Fees. Borrower shall pay to Bank (i) fees upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit equal to two percent (2%) per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year, actual days elapsed) of the face amount thereof, and (ii) fees upon the payment or negotiation of each drawing under any Letter of Credit and fees upon the occurrence of any other activity with respect to any Letter of Credit (including without limitation, the transfer, amendment or cancellation of any Letter of Credit) determined in accordance with Bank’s standard fees and charges then in effect for such activity.

 

SECTION 1.3 COLLATERAL.

 

As security for all indebtedness of Borrower to Bank subject hereto, Borrower hereby grants to Bank security interests of first priority in (a) all Borrower’s accounts receivable and other rights to payment, general intangibles, inventory and equipment, (b) Borrower’s Wells Capital Management account no. 16096400 maintained at Bank.

 

All of the foregoing shall be evidenced by and subject to the terms of such security agreements, financing statements, deeds of trust and other documents as Bank shall reasonably require, all in form and substance satisfactory to Bank. Borrower shall reimburse Bank immediately upon demand for all costs and expenses incurred by Bank in connection with any of the foregoing security, including without limitation, filing and recording fees and costs of appraisals, audits and title insurance.

 

ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

Borrower makes the following representations and warranties to Bank, which representations and warranties shall survive the execution of this Agreement and shall continue in full force and effect until the full and final payment, and satisfaction and discharge, of all obligations of Borrower to Bank subject to this Agreement.

 

SECTION 2.1 LEGAL STATUS. Borrower is a corporation, duly organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and is qualified or licensed to do business (and is in good standing as a foreign corporation, if applicable} in all jurisdictions in which such qualification or licensing is required or in which the failure to so qualify or to be so licensed could have a material adverse effect on Borrower.

 

SECTION 2.2 AUTHORIZATION AND VALIDITY. This Agreement and each promissory note, contract, instrument and other document required hereby or at any time hereafter delivered to Bank in connection herewith (collectively, the “Loan Documents”) have been duly authorized, and upon their execution and delivery in accordance with the provisions hereof will constitute legal, valid and binding agreements and obligations of Borrower or the party which executes the same, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

 

SECTION 2.3 NO VIOLATION. The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of each of the Loan Documents do not violate any provision of any law or regulation, or contravene any provision of the Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws of Borrower, or result in any breach of or default under any contract, obligation, indenture or other instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower may be bound.

 

SECTION 2.4 LITIGATION. There are no pending, or to the best of Borrower’s knowledge threatened, actions, claims, investigations, suits or proceedings by or before any governmental authority, arbitrator, court or administrative agency which could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or operation of Borrower other than those disclosed by Borrower to Bank in writing prior to the date hereof.

 

SECTION 2.5 CORRECTNESS OF FINANCIAL STATEMENT. The financial statement of Borrower dated December 31, 2003, a true copy of which has been delivered by Borrower to Bank prior to the date hereof, (a) is complete and correct and presents fairly the financial condition of Borrower, (b) discloses all liabilities of Borrower that are required to be reflected or reserved against under generally accepted accounting principles, whether liquidated or unliquidated, fixed or contingent, and (c) has been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied. Since the date of such financial statement there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition of Borrower, nor has Borrower mortgaged, pledged, granted a security interest in or otherwise encumbered any of its assets or properties except in favor of Bank or as otherwise permitted by Bank in writing.

 

SECTION 2.6 INCOME TAX RETURNS. Borrower has no knowledge of any pending assessments or adjustments of its income tax payable with respect to any year.

 

SECTION 2.7 NO SUBORDINATION. There is no agreement, indenture, contract or instrument to which Borrower is a party or by which Borrower may be bound that requires the subordination in right of payment of any of Borrower’s obligations subject to this Agreement to any other obligation of Borrower.

 

2



 

SECTION 2.8 PERMITS, FRANCHISES. Borrower possesses, and will hereafter possess, all permits, consents, approvals, franchises and licenses required and rights to all trademarks, trade names, patents, and fictitious names, if any, necessary to enable it to conduct the business in which it is now engaged in compliance with applicable law.

 

SECTION 2.9 ERISA. Borrower is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended or recodified from time to time (“ERISA”); Borrower has not violated any provision of any defined employee pension benefit plan (as defined in ERISA) maintained or contributed to by Borrower (each, a “Plan”); no Reportable Event as defined in ERISA has occurred and is continuing with respect to any Plan initiated by Borrower; Borrower has met its minimum funding requirements under ERISA with respect to each Plan; and each Plan will be able to fulfill its benefit obligations as they come due in accordance with the Plan documents and under generally accepted accounting principles.

 

SECTION 2.10 OTHER OBLIGATIONS. Borrower is not in default on any obligation for borrowed money, any purchase money obligation or any other material lease, commitment, contract, instrument or obligation.

 

SECTION 2.11 ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS. Except as disclosed by Borrower to Bank in writing prior to the date hereof, Borrower is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal or state environmental, hazardous waste, health and safety statutes, and any rules or regulations adopted pursuant thereto, which govern or affect any of Borrower’s operations and/or properties, including without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, and the Federal Toxic Substances Control Act, as any of the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time. None of the operations of Borrower is the subject of any federal or state investigation evaluating whether any remedial action involving a material expenditure is needed to respond to a release of any toxic or hazardous waste or substance into the environment. Borrower has no material contingent liability in connection with any release of any toxic or hazardous waste or substance into the environment.

 

ARTICLE III

CONDITIONS

 

SECTION 3.1 CONDITIONS OF INITIAL EXTENSION OF CREDIT. The obligation of Bank to extend any credit contemplated by this Agreement is subject to the fulfillment to Bank’s satisfaction of all of the following conditions:

 

(a) Approval of Bank Counsel. All legal matters incidental to the extension of credit by Bank shall be satisfactory to Bank’s counsel.

 

(b) Documentation. Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, each of the following, duly executed:

 

(i)                  This Agreement and each promissory note or other instrument or document required hereby.

 

(ii)               Corporate Resolution: Borrowing.

 

(iii)            Certificate of Incumbency.

 

(iv)           Continuing Security Agreement: Rights to Payment and Inventory.

 

(v)              Security Agreement: Equipment.

 

(vi)           Security Agreement: Securities Account and Addendum thereto.

 

(vii)        Securities Account Control Agreement.

 

(viii)     Statement of Purpose (U-1).

 

(ix)             Such other documents as Bank may require under any other Section of this Agreement.

 

(c) Financial Condition. There shall have been no material adverse change, as determined by Bank, in the financial condition or business of Borrower, nor any material decline, as determined by Bank, in the market value of any collateral required hereunder or a substantial or material portion of the assets of Borrower.

 

(d) Insurance. Borrower shall have delivered to Bank evidence of insurance coverage on all Borrower’s property, in form, substance, amounts, covering risks and issued by companies satisfactory to Bank, and where required by Bank, with loss payable endorsements in favor of Bank.

 

3



 

SECTION 3.2 CONDITIONS OF EACH EXTENSION OF CREDIT. The obligation of Bank to make each extension of credit requested by Borrower hereunder shall be subject to the fulfillment to Bank’s satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

 

(a) Compliance. The representations and warranties contained herein and in each of the other Loan Documents shall be true on and as of the date of the signing of this Agreement and on the date of each extension of credit by Bank pursuant hereto, with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of each such date, and on each such date, no Event of Default as defined herein, and no condition, event or act which with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both would constitute such an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing or shall exist.

 

(b) Documentation. Bank shall have received all additional documents which may be required in connection with such extension of credit.

 

ARTICLE IV

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

Borrower covenants that so long as Bank remains committed to extend credit to Borrower pursuant hereto, or any liabilities (whether direct or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated) of Borrower to Bank under any of the Loan Documents remain outstanding, and until payment in full of all obligations of Borrower subject hereto, Borrower shall, unless Bank otherwise consents in writing:

 

SECTION 4.1 PUNCTUAL PAYMENTS. Punctually pay all principal, interest, fees or other liabilities due under any of the Loan Documents at the times and place and in the manner specified therein.

 

SECTION 4.2 ACCOUNTING RECORDS. Maintain adequate books and records in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, and permit any representative of Bank, at any reasonable time, to inspect, audit and examine such books and records, to make copies of the same, and to inspect the properties of Borrower.

 

SECTION 4.3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. Provide to Bank all of the following, in form and detail satisfactory to Bank:

 

(a) not later than 90 days after and as of the end of each fiscal year, a consolidated audited and unqualified financial statement of Borrower, prepared by a certified public accountant acceptable to Bank, to include balance sheet, income statement, statement of cash flows, management report, auditor’s report and all supporting schedules;

 

(b) not later than 45 days after and as of the end of each quarter, a consolidated copy of the 10Q report of Borrower filed with the Securities Exchange Commission, prepared by a certified public accountant acceptable to Bank, to include balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows;

 

(c) not later than 20 days after and as of the end of each month, a financial statement of Borrower, prepared by Borrower, to include balance sheet and income statement;

 

(d) not later than 20 days after and as of the end of each month, a copy of Borrower’s Wells Capital Management securities portfolio statement;

 

(e) contemporaneously with each annual and quarter end financial statement of Borrower required hereby, a certificate of the president or chief financial officer of Borrower that said financial statements are accurate and that there exists no Event of Default nor any condition, act or event which with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both would constitute an Event of Default; and

 

(f) from time to time such other information as Bank may reasonably request.

 

SECTION 4.4 COMPLIANCE. Preserve and maintain all licenses, permits, governmental approvals, rights, privileges and franchises necessary for the conduct of its business; and comply with the provisions of all documents pursuant to which Borrower is organized and/or which govern Borrower’s continued existence and with the requirements of all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any governmental authority applicable to Borrower and/or its business.

 

SECTION 4.5 INSURANCE. Maintain and keep in force insurance of the types and in amounts customarily carried in lines of business similar to that of Borrower, including but not limited to fire, extended coverage, public liability, flood, property damage and workers’ compensation, with all such insurance carried with companies and in amounts satisfactory to Bank, and deliver to Bank from time to time at Bank’s request schedules setting forth all insurance then in effect.

 

4



 

SECTION 4.6 FACILITIES. Keep all properties useful or necessary to Borrower’s business in good repair and condition, and from time to time make necessary repairs, renewals and replacements thereto so that such properties shall be fully and efficiently preserved and maintained.

 

SECTION 4.7 TAXES AND OTHER LIABILITIES. Pay and discharge when due any and all indebtedness, obligations, assessments and taxes, both real or personal, including without limitation federal and state income taxes and state and local property taxes and assessments, except such (a) as Borrower may in good faith contest or as to which a bona fide dispute may arise, and (b) for which Borrower has made provision, to Bank’s satisfaction, for eventual payment thereof in the event Borrower is obligated to make such payment.

 

SECTION 4.8 LITIGATION. Promptly give notice in writing to Bank of any litigation pending or threatened against Borrower with a claim in excess of $500,000.00.

 

SECTION 4.9 FINANCIAL CONDITION. Maintain Borrower’s financial condition as follows using generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and used consistently with prior practices (except to the extent modified by the definitions herein), with compliance determined commencing with Borrower’s financial statements for the period ending June 30, 2004:

 

(a) Tangible Net Worth not at any time less than $100,000,000.00, with “Tangible Net Worth” defined as the aggregate of total stockholders’ equity plus subordinated debt less any intangible assets.

 

(b) Total Liabilities divided by Tangible Net Worth not at any time greater than .50 to 1.0, with “Total Liabilities” defined as the aggregate of current liabilities and non-current liabilities less subordinated debt, and with “Tangible Net Worth” as defined above.

 

(c) Quick Ratio not at any time less than 1.25 to 1.0, with “Quick Ratio” defined as the aggregate of unrestricted cash, unrestricted marketable securities and receivables convertible into cash divided by the sum of total current liabilities and Bank’s unfunded portion of the $5,000,000.00 commitment to Borrower.

 

(d) Pre-tax profit not less than $1.00 on a quarterly basis, determined as of each fiscal quarter end.

 

(e) Liquid Assets with an aggregate fair market value not at any time less than $20,000,000.00, with Liquid Assets defined as cash, cash equivalents and/or publicly/quoted marketable securities acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion.

 

(f) Liquid Assets held in Borrower’s Wells Capital Management Account not less than $10,000,000.00, determined at fiscal month end, with “Liquid Assets” as defined above.

 

SECTION 4.10 NOTICE TO BANK. Promptly (but in no event more than five (5) days after the occurrence of each such event or matter) give written notice to Bank in reasonable detail of: (a) the occurrence of any Event of Default, or any condition, event or act which with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both would constitute an Event of Default; (b) any change in the name or the organizational structure of Borrower; (c) the occurrence and nature of any Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, each as defined in ERISA, or any funding deficiency with respect to any Plan; or (d) any termination or cancellation of any insurance policy which Borrower is required to maintain, or any uninsured or partially uninsured loss through liability or property damage, or through fire, theft or any other cause affecting Borrower’s property.

 

ARTICLE V

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

Borrower further covenants that so long as Bank remains committed to extend credit to Borrower pursuant hereto, or any liabilities (whether direct or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated) of Borrower to Bank under any of the Loan Documents remain outstanding, and until payment in full of all obligations of Borrower subject hereto, Borrower will not without Bank’s prior written consent:

 

SECTION 5.1 USE OF FUNDS. Use any of the proceeds of any credit extended hereunder except for the purposes stated in Article I hereof.

 

SECTION 5.2 CAPITAL EXPENDITURES. Make any additional investment in fixed assets in any fiscal year in excess of an aggregate of $4,500,000.00.

 

SECTION 5.3 OTHER INDEBTEDNESS. Create, incur, assume or permit to exist any indebtedness or liabilities resulting from borrowings, loans or advances, whether secured or unsecured, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, joint or several, except (a) the liabilities of Borrower to Bank, and (b) any other liabilities of Borrower existing as of, and disclosed to Bank prior to, the date hereof.

 

5



 

SECTION 5.4 MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, TRANSFER OF ASSETS. Merge into or consolidate with any other entity; make any substantial change in the nature of Borrower’s business as conducted as of the date hereof; acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any other entity; nor sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or a substantial or material portion of Borrower’s assets except in the ordinary course of its business.

 

SECTION 5.5 GUARANTIES. Guarantee or become liable in any way as surety, endorser (other than as endorser of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business), accommodation endorser or otherwise for, nor pledge or hypothecate any assets of Borrower as security for, any liabilities or obligations of any other person or entity, except any of the foregoing in favor of Bank.

 

SECTION 5.6 LOANS, ADVANCES, INVESTMENTS. Make any loans or advances to or investments in any person or entity, except any of the foregoing existing as of, and disclosed to Bank prior to, the date hereof.

 

SECTION 5.7 DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS. Declare or pay any dividend or distribution either in cash, stock or any other property on Borrower’s stock now or hereafter outstanding, nor redeem, retire, repurchase or otherwise acquire any shares of any class of Borrower’s stock now or hereafter outstanding.

 

SECTION 5.8 PLEDGE OF ASSETS. Mortgage, pledge, grant or permit to exist a security interest in, or lien upon, all or any portion of Borrower’s assets now owned or hereafter acquired, except any of the foregoing in favor of Bank or which is existing as of, and disclosed to Bank in writing prior to, the date hereof.

 

ARTICLE VI

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

SECTION 6.1 The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Agreement:

 

(a) Borrower shall fail to pay when due any principal, interest, fees or other amounts payable under any of the Loan Documents.

 

(b) Any financial statement or certificate furnished to Bank in connection with, or any representation or warranty made by Borrower or any other party under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall prove to be incorrect, false or misleading in any material respect when furnished or made.

 

(c) Any default in the performance of or compliance with any obligation, agreement or other provision contained herein or in any other Loan Document (other than those referred to in subsections (a) and (b) above), and with respect to any such default which by its nature can be cured, such default shall continue for a period of twenty (20) days from its occurrence.

 

(d) Any default in the payment or performance of any obligation, or any defined event of default, under the terms of any contract or instrument (other than any of the Loan Documents) pursuant to which Borrower, any guarantor hereunder, or any general partner or joint venturer in any Borrower which is a partnership or a joint venture (with each such guarantor, general partner and/or joint venturer referred to herein as a “Third Party Obligor”) has incurred any debt or other liability to any person or entity, including Bank.

 

(e) The filing of a notice of judgment lien against Borrower or any Third Party Obligor, or the recording of any abstract of judgment against Borrower or any Third Party Obligor in any county in which Borrower or any Third Party Obligor has an interest in real property; or the service of a notice of levy and/or of a writ of attachment or execution, or other like process, against the assets of Borrower or any Third Party Obligor; or the entry of a judgment against Borrower or any Third Party Obligor.

 

(f) Borrower or any Third Party Obligor shall become insolvent, or shall suffer or consent to or apply for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or liquidator of itself or any of its property, or shall generally fail to pay its debts as they become due, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; Borrower or any Third Party Obligor shall file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy, or seeking reorganization, in order to effect a plan or other arrangement with creditors or any other relief under the Bankruptcy Reform Act, Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended or recodified from time to time (“Bankruptcy Code”), or under any state or federal law granting relief to debtors, whether now or hereafter in effect; or any involuntary petition or proceeding pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable state or federal law relating to bankruptcy, reorganization or other relief for debtors is filed or commenced against Borrower or any Third Party Obligor, or Borrower or any Third Party Obligor shall file an answer admitting the jurisdiction of the court and the material allegations of any involuntary petition; or Borrower or any Third Party Obligor shall be adjudicated a bankrupt, or an order for relief shall be entered against Borrower or any Third Party Obligor by any court of competent jurisdiction under the Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable state or federal law relating to bankruptcy, reorganization or other relief for debtors.

 

6



 

(g) There shall exist or occur any event or condition which Bank in good faith believes impairs, or is substantially likely to impair, the prospect of payment or performance by Borrower of its obligations under any of the Loan Documents.

 

(h) The death or incapacity of any individual Borrower or Third Party Obligor. The dissolution or liquidation of any Borrower or Third Party Obligor which is a corporation, partnership, joint venture or other type of entity; or any such Borrower or Third Party Obligor, or any of its directors, stockholders or members, shall take action seeking to effect the dissolution or liquidation of such Borrower or Third Party Obligor.

 

(i) Any change in ownership of an aggregate of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the common stock in Borrower.

 

SECTION 6.2 REMEDIES. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default: (a) all indebtedness of Borrower under each of the Loan Documents, any term thereof to the contrary notwithstanding, shall at Bank’s option and without notice become immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or notice of dishonor, all of which are hereby expressly waived by each Borrower; (b) the obligation, if any, of Bank to extend any further credit under any of the Loan Documents shall immediately cease and terminate; and (c) Bank shall have all rights, powers and remedies available under each of the Loan Documents, or accorded by law, including without limitation the right to resort to any or all security for any credit subject hereto and to exercise any or all of the rights of a beneficiary or secured party pursuant to applicable law. All rights, powers and remedies of Bank may be exercised at any time by Bank and from time to time after the occurrence of an Event of Default, are cumulative and not exclusive, and shall be in addition to any other rights, powers or remedies provided by law or equity.

 

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 7.1 NO WAIVER. No delay, failure or discontinuance of Bank in exercising any right, power or remedy under any of the Loan Documents shall affect or operate as a waiver of such right, power or remedy; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or remedy preclude, waive or otherwise affect any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind by Bank of any breach of or default under any of the Loan Documents must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent set forth in such writing.

 

SECTION 7.2 NOTICES. All notices, requests and demands which any party is required or may desire to give to any other party under any provision of this Agreement must be in writing delivered to each party at the following address:

 

BORROWER:

 

SYMMETRICOM, INC.
2300 Orchard Parkway
San Jose, CA 95131

 

 

 

BANK:

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
Santa Clara Technology RCBO
121 Park Center Plaza, 3rd Floor
San Jose, CA 95113

 

or to such other address as any party may designate by written notice to all other parties. Each such notice, request and demand shall be deemed given or made as follows: (a) if sent by hand delivery, upon delivery; (b) if sent by mail, upon the earlier of the date of receipt or three (3) days after deposit in the U.S. mail, first class and postage prepaid; and (c) if sent by telecopy, upon receipt.

 

SECTION 7.3 COSTS, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEYS’ FEES. Borrower shall pay to Bank immediately upon demand the full amount of all payments, advances, charges, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees (to include outside counsel fees and all allocated costs of Bank’s in-house counsel), expended or incurred by Bank in connection with (a) the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, Bank’s continued administration hereof and thereof, and the preparation of any amendments and waivers hereto and thereto, (b) the enforcement of Bank’s rights and/or the collection of any amounts which become due to Bank under any of the Loan Documents, and (c) the prosecution or defense of any action in any way related to any of the Loan Documents, including without limitation, any action for declaratory relief, whether incurred at the trial or appellate level, in an arbitration proceeding or otherwise, and including any of the foregoing incurred in connection with any bankruptcy proceeding (including without limitation, any adversary proceeding, contested matter or motion brought by Bank or any other person) relating to any Borrower or any other person or entity.

 

SECTION 7.4 SUCCESSORS, ASSIGNMENT. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties; provided however, that Borrower may not assign or transfer its interest hereunder without Bank’s prior written consent. Bank reserves the right to sell, assign, transfer, negotiate or grant participations in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s rights and benefits under each of the Loan Documents. In connection therewith, Bank may disclose all documents and information which Bank now has or may hereafter acquire relating to any credit subject hereto, Borrower or its business, or any collateral required hereunder.

 

7



 

SECTION 7.5 ENTIRE AGREEMENT; AMENDMENT. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement between Borrower and Bank with respect to each credit subject hereto and supersede all prior negotiations, communications, discussions and correspondence concerning the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may be amended or modified only in writing signed by each party hereto.

 

SECTION 7.6 NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. This Agreement is made and entered into for the sole protection and benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and no other person or entity shall be a third party beneficiary of, or have any direct or indirect cause of action or claim in connection with, this Agreement or any other of the Loan Documents to which it is not a party.

 

SECTION 7.7 TIME. Time is of the essence of each and every provision of this Agreement and each other of the Loan Documents.

 

SECTION 7.8 SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS. If any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity without invalidating the remainder of such provision or any remaining provisions of this Agreement.

 

SECTION 7.9 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

SECTION 7.10 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

 

SECTION 7.11 ARBITRATION.

 

(a) Arbitration. The parties hereto agree, upon demand by any party, to submit to binding arbitration all claims, disputes and controversies between or among them (and their respective employees, officers, directors, attorneys, and other agents), whether in tort, contract or otherwise arising out of or relating to in any way (i) the loan and related Loan Documents which are the subject of this Agreement and its negotiation, execution, collateralization, administration, repayment, modification, extension, substitution, formation, inducement, enforcement, default or termination; or (ii) requests for additional credit.

 

(b) Governing Rules. Any arbitration proceeding will (i) proceed in a location in California selected by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”); (ii) be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act (Title 9 of the United States Code), notwithstanding any conflicting choice of law provision in any of the documents between the parties; and (iii) be conducted by the AAA, or such other administrator as the parties shall mutually agree upon, in accordance with the AAA’s commercial dispute resolution procedures, unless the claim or counterclaim is at least $1,000,000.00 exclusive of claimed interest, arbitration fees and costs in which case the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the AAA’s optional procedures for large, complex commercial disputes (the commercial dispute resolution procedures or the optional procedures for large, complex commercial disputes to be referred to, as applicable, as the “Rules”). If there is any inconsistency between the terms hereof and the Rules, the terms and procedures set forth herein shall control. Any party who fails or refuses to submit to arbitration following a demand by any other party shall bear all costs and expenses incurred by such other party in compelling arbitration of any dispute. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to be a waiver by any party that is a bank of the protections afforded to it under 12 U.S.C. §91 or any similar applicable state law.

 

(c) No Waiver of Provisional Remedies, Self-Help and Foreclosure. The arbitration requirement does not limit the right of any party to (i) foreclose against real or personal property collateral; (ii) exercise self-help remedies relating to collateral or proceeds of collateral such as setoff or repossession; or (iii) obtain provisional or ancillary remedies such as replevin, injunctive relief, attachment or the appointment of a receiver, before during or after the pendency of any arbitration proceeding. This exclusion does not constitute a waiver of the right or obligation of any party to submit any dispute to arbitration or reference hereunder, including those arising from the exercise of the actions detailed in sections (i), (ii) and (iii) of this paragraph.

 

(d) Arbitrator Qualifications and Powers. Any arbitration proceeding in which the amount in controversy is $5,000,000.00 or less will be decided by a single arbitrator selected according to the Rules, and who shall not render an award of greater than $5,000,000.00. Any dispute in which the amount in controversy exceeds $5,000,000.00 shall be decided by majority vote of a panel of three arbitrators; provided however, that all three arbitrators must actively participate in all hearings and deliberations. The arbitrator will be a neutral attorney licensed in the State of California or a neutral retired judge of the state or federal judiciary of California, in either case with a minimum of ten years experience in the substantive law applicable to the subject matter of the dispute to be arbitrated. The arbitrator will determine whether or not an issue is arbitratable and will give effect to the statutes of limitation in determining any claim. In any arbitration proceeding the arbitrator will decide (by documents only or with a hearing at the arbitrator’s discretion) any pre-hearing motions, which are similar to motions to dismiss for failure to state a claim or motions for summary adjudication. The arbitrator shall resolve all disputes in accordance with the substantive law of California and may grant any remedy or relief that a court

 

8



 

of such state could order or grant within the scope hereof and such ancillary relief as is necessary to make effective any award. The arbitrator shall also have the power to award recovery of all costs and fees, to impose sanctions and to take such other action as the arbitrator deems necessary to the same extent a judge could pursuant to the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, the California Rules of Civil Procedure or other applicable law. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction. The institution and maintenance of an action for judicial relief or pursuit of a provisional or ancillary remedy shall not constitute a waiver of the right of any party, including the plaintiff, to submit the controversy or claim to arbitration if any other party contests such action for judicial relief.

 

(e) Discovery. In any arbitration proceeding discovery will be permitted in accordance with the Rules. All discovery shall be expressly limited to matters directly relevant to the dispute being arbitrated and must be completed no later than 20 days before the hearing date and within 180 days of the filing of the dispute with the AAA. Any requests for an extension of the discovery periods, or any discovery disputes, will be subject to final determination by the arbitrator upon a showing that the request for discovery is essential for the party’s presentation and that no alternative means for obtaining information is available.

 

(f) Class Proceedings and Consolidations. The resolution of any dispute arising pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be determined by a separate arbitration proceeding and such dispute shall not be consolidated with other disputes or included in any class proceeding.

 

(g) Payment Of Arbitration Costs And Fees. The arbitrator shall award all costs and expenses of the arbitration proceeding.

 

(h) Real Property Collateral; Judicial Reference. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no dispute shall be submitted to arbitration if the dispute concerns indebtedness secured directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by any real property unless (i) the holder of the mortgage, lien or security interest specifically elects in writing to proceed with the arbitration, or (ii) all parties to the arbitration waive any rights or benefits that might accrue to them by virtue of the single action rule statute of California, thereby agreeing that all indebtedness and obligations of the parties, and all mortgages, liens and security interests securing such indebtedness and obligations, shall remain fully valid and enforceable. If any such dispute is not submitted to arbitration, the dispute shall be referred to a referee in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Section 638 et seq., and this general reference agreement is intended to be specifically enforceable in accordance with said Section 638. A referee with the qualifications required herein for arbitrators shall be selected pursuant to the AAA’s selection procedures. Judgment upon the decision rendered by a referee shall be entered in the court in which such proceeding was commenced in accordance with California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 644 and 645.

 

(i) Miscellaneous. To the maximum extent practicable, the AAA, the arbitrators and the parties shall take all action required to conclude any arbitration proceeding within 180 days of the filing of the dispute with the AAA. No arbitrator or other party to an arbitration proceeding may disclose the existence, content or results thereof, except for disclosures of information by a party required in the ordinary course of its business or by applicable law or regulation. If more than one agreement for arbitration by or between the parties potentially applies to a dispute, the arbitration provision most directly related to the Loan Documents or the subject matter of the dispute shall control. This arbitration provision shall survive termination, amendment or expiration of any of the Loan Documents or any relationship between the parties.

 

9



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first written above.

 

SYMMETRICOM, INC.

 

 

By:

/s/ William Slater

 

 

William Slater, Chief Financial Officer

 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION

 

By:

/s/ Kevin Herr

 

 

Kevin Herr, Vice President

 

10


EX-10.40 3 a05-13094_1ex10d40.htm EX-10.40

Exhibit 10.40

 

WELLS FARGO

 

REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT NOTE

$10,000,000.00

 

San Jose, California

 

 

June 1, 2005

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned SYMMETRICOM, INC. (“Borrower”) promises to pay to the order of WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“Bank”) at its office at Santa Clara Technology RCBO, 121 Park Center Plaza, 3rd Floor, San Jose, CA 95113, or at such other place as the holder hereof may designate, in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, the principal sum of $10,000,000.00, or so much thereof as may be advanced and be outstanding, with interest thereon, to be computed on each advance from the date of its disbursement as set forth herein.

 

1.             DEFINITIONS:

 

As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth after each, and any other term defined in this Note shall have the meaning set forth at the place defined:

 

1.1 “Business Day” means any day except a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks in California are authorized or required by law to close.

 

1.2 “Fixed Rate Term” means a period commencing on a Business Day and continuing for 1, 2 or 3 months, as designated by Borrower, during which all or a portion of the outstanding principal balance of this Note bears interest determined in relation to LIBOR; provided however, that no Fixed Rate Term may be selected for a principal amount less than $100,000.00; and provided further, that no Fixed Rate Term shall extend beyond the scheduled maturity date hereof. If any Fixed Rate Term would end on a day which is not a Business Day, then such Fixed Rate Term shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day.

 

1.3 “LIBOR” means the rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest whole 1/8 of 1%) determined by dividing Base LIBOR by a percentage equal to 100% less any LIBOR Reserve Percentage.

 

(a) “Base LIBOR” means the rate per annum for United States dollar deposits quoted by Bank as the Inter-Bank Market Offered Rate, with the understanding that such rate is quoted by Bank for the purpose of calculating effective rates of interest for loans making reference thereto, on the first day of a Fixed Rate Term for delivery of funds on said date for a period of time approximately equal to the number of days in such Fixed Rate Term and in an amount approximately equal to the principal amount to which such Fixed Rate Term applies. Borrower understands and agrees that Bank may base its quotation of the Inter-Bank Market Offered Rate upon such offers or other market indicators of the Inter-Bank Market as Bank in its discretion deems appropriate including, but not limited to, the rate offered for U.S. dollar deposits on the London Inter-Bank Market.

 

(b) “LIBOR Reserve Percentage” means the reserve percentage prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) for “Eurocurrency Liabilities” (as defined in Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Board, as amended), adjusted by Bank for expected changes in such reserve percentage during the applicable Fixed Rate Term.

 

1.4 “Prime Rate” means at any time the rate of interest most recently announced within Bank at its principal office as its Prime Rate, with the understanding that the Prime Rate is one of Bank’s base rates and serves as the basis upon which effective rates of interest are calculated for those loans making reference thereto, and is evidenced by the recording thereof after its announcement in such internal publication or publications as Bank may designate.

 

2.                                       INTEREST:

 

2.1 Interest. The outstanding principal balance of this Note shall bear interest (computed on the basis of a 360-day year, actual days elapsed) either (a) at a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the Prime Rate in effect from time to time, or (b) at a fixed rate per annum determined by Bank to be 1.75000% above LIBOR in effect on the first day of the applicable Fixed Rate Term. When interest is determined in relation to the Prime Rate, each change in the rate of interest hereunder shall become effective on the date each Prime Rate change is announced within Bank. With respect to each LIBOR selection option selected hereunder, Bank is hereby authorized to note the date, principal amount, interest rate and Fixed Rate Term applicable thereto and any payments made thereon on Bank’s books and records (either manually or by electronic entry) and/or on any schedule attached to this Note, which notations shall be prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the information noted.

 

1



 

2.2 Selection of Interest Rate Options. At any time any portion of this Note bears interest determined in relation to LIBOR, it may be continued by Borrower at the end of the Fixed Rate Term applicable thereto so that all or a portion thereof bears interest determined in relation to the Prime Rate or to LIBOR for a new Fixed Rate Term designated by Borrower. At any time any portion of this Note bears interest determined in relation to the Prime Rate, Borrower may convert all or a portion thereof so that it bears interest determined in relation to LIBOR for a Fixed Rate Term designated by Borrower. At such time as Borrower requests an advance hereunder or wishes to select a LIBOR option for all or a portion of the outstanding principal balance hereof, and at the end of each Fixed Rate Term, Borrower shall give Bank notice specifying: (a) the interest rate option selected by Borrower; (b) the principal amount subject thereto; and (c) for each LIBOR selection, the length of the applicable Fixed Rate Term. Any such notice may be given by telephone (or such other electronic method as Bank may permit) so long as, with respect to each LIBOR selection, (i) if requested by Bank, Borrower provides to Bank written confirmation thereof not later than 3 Business Days after such notice is given, and (ii) such notice is given to Bank prior to 10:00 a.m. on the first day of the Fixed Rate Term, or at a later time during any Business Day if Bank, at it’s sole option but without obligation to do so, accepts Borrower’s notice and quotes a fixed rate to Borrower. If Borrower does not immediately accept a fixed rate when quoted by Bank, the quoted rate shall expire and any subsequent LIBOR request from Borrower shall be subject to a redetermination by Bank of the applicable fixed rate. If no specific designation of interest is made at the time any advance is requested hereunder or at the end of any Fixed Rate Term, Borrower shall be deemed to have made a Prime Rate interest selection for such advance or the principal amount to which such Fixed Rate Term applied.

 

2.3 Taxes and Regulatory Costs. Borrower shall pay to Bank immediately upon demand, in addition to any other amounts due or to become due hereunder, any and all (a) withholdings, interest equalization taxes, stamp taxes or other taxes (except income and franchise taxes) imposed by any domestic or foreign governmental authority and related in any manner to LIBOR, and (b) future, supplemental, emergency or other changes in the LIBOR Reserve Percentage, assessment rates imposed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or similar requirements or costs imposed by any domestic or foreign governmental authority or resulting from compliance by Bank with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any central bank or other governmental authority and related in any manner to LIBOR to the extent they are not included in the calculation of LIBOR. In determining which of the foregoing are attributable to any LIBOR option available to Borrower hereunder, any reasonable allocation made by Bank among its operations shall be conclusive and binding upon Borrower.

 

2.4 Payment of Interest. Interest accrued on this Note shall be payable on the 1st day of each month, commencing July 1, 2005.

 

2.5 Default Interest. From and after the maturity date of this Note, or such earlier date as all principal owing hereunder becomes due and payable by acceleration or otherwise, the outstanding principal balance of this Note shall bear interest until paid in full at an increased rate per annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year, actual days elapsed) equal to 4% above the rate of interest from time to time applicable to this Note.

 

3.                                       BORROWING AND REPAYMENT:

 

3.1 Borrowing and Repayment. Borrower may from time to time during the term of this Note borrow, partially or wholly repay its outstanding borrowings, and reborrow, subject to all of the limitations, terms and conditions of this Note and of the Credit Agreement between Borrower and Bank defined below; provided however, that the total outstanding borrowings under this Note shall not at any time exceed the principal amount stated above. The unpaid principal balance of this obligation at any time shall be the total amounts advanced hereunder by the holder hereof less the amount of principal payments made hereon by or for any Borrower, which balance may be endorsed hereon from time to time by the holder. The outstanding principal balance of this Note shall be due and payable in full on November 1, 2006.

 

3.2 Advances. Advances hereunder, to the total amount of the principal sum available hereunder, may be made by the holder at the oral or written request of (a) William Slater, any one acting alone, who are authorized to request advances and direct the disposition of any advances until written notice of the revocation of such authority is received by the holder at the office designated above, or (b) any person, with respect to advances deposited to the credit of any deposit account of any Borrower, which advances, when so deposited, shall be conclusively presumed to have been made to or for the benefit of each Borrower regardless of the fact that persons other than those authorized to request advances may have authority to draw against such account. The holder shall have no obligation to determine whether any person requesting an advance is or has been authorized by any Borrower.

 

3.3 Application of Payments. Each payment made on this Note shall be credited first, to any interest then due and second, to the outstanding principal balance hereof. All payments credited to principal shall be applied first, to the outstanding principal balance of this Note which bears interest determined in relation to the Prime Rate, if any, and second, to the outstanding principal balance of this Note which bears interest determined in relation to LIBOR, with such payments applied to the oldest Fixed Rate Term first.

 

2



 

4.                                       PREPAYMENT:

 

4.1 Prime Rate. Borrower may prepay principal on any portion of this Note which bears interest determined in relation to the Prime Rate at any time, in any amount and without penalty.

 

4.2 LIBOR. Borrower may prepay principal on any portion of this Note which bears interest determined in relation to LIBOR at any time and in the minimum amount of $100,000.00; provided however, that if the outstanding principal balance of such portion of this Note is less than said amount, the minimum prepayment amount shall be the entire outstanding principal balance thereof. In consideration of Bank providing this prepayment option to Borrower, or if any such portion of this Note shall become due and payable at any time prior to the last day of the Fixed Rate Term applicable thereto by acceleration or otherwise, Borrower shall pay to Bank immediately upon demand a fee which is the sum of the discounted monthly differences for each month from the month of prepayment through the month in which such Fixed Rate Term matures, calculated as follows for each such month:

 

(a) Determine the amount of interest which would have accrued each month on the amount prepaid at the interest rate applicable to such amount had it remained outstanding until the last day of the Fixed Rate Term applicable thereto.

 

(b) Subtract from the amount determined in (a) above the amount of interest which would have accrued for the same month on the amount prepaid for the remaining term of such Fixed Rate Term at LIBOR in effect on the date of prepayment for new loans made for such term and in a principal amount equal to the amount prepaid.

 

(c) If the result obtained in (b) for any month is greater than zero, discount that difference by LIBOR used in (b) above.

 

Each Borrower acknowledges that prepayment of such amount may result in Bank incurring additional costs; expenses and/or liabilities, and that it is difficult to ascertain the full extent of such costs, expenses and/or liabilities. Each Borrower, therefore, agrees to pay the above-described prepayment fee and agrees that said amount represents a reasonable estimate of the prepayment costs, expenses and/or liabilities of Bank. If Borrower fails to pay any prepayment fee when due, the amount of such prepayment fee shall thereafter bear interest until paid at a rate per annum 2.000% above the Prime Rate in effect from time to time (computed on the basis of a 360-day year, actual days elapsed). Each change in the rate of interest on any such past due prepayment fee shall become effective on the date each Prime Rate change is announced within Bank.

 

5.                                       EVENTS OF DEFAULT:

 

This Note is made pursuant to and is subject to the terms and conditions of that certain Credit Agreement between Borrower and Bank dated as of May 1, 2004, as amended from time to time (the “Credit Agreement”). Any default in the payment or performance of any obligation under this Note, or any defined event of default under the Credit Agreement, shall constitute an “Event of Default” under this Note.

 

6.                                       MISCELLANEOUS:

 

6.1 Remedies. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, the holder of this Note, at the holder’s option, may declare all sums of principal and interest outstanding hereunder to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, notice of nonperformance, notice of protest, protest or notice of dishonor, all of which are expressly waived by each Borrower, and the obligation, if any, of the holder to extend any further credit hereunder shall immediately cease and terminate. Each Borrower shall pay to the holder immediately upon demand the full amount of all payments, advances, charges, costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees (to include outside counsel fees and all allocated costs of the holder’s in-house counsel), expended or incurred by the holder in connection with the enforcement of the holder’s rights and/or the collection of any amounts which become due to the holder under this Note, and the prosecution or defense of any action in any way related to this Note, including without limitation, any action for declaratory relief, whether incurred at the trial or appellate level, in an arbitration proceeding or otherwise, and including any of the foregoing incurred in connection with any bankruptcy proceeding (including without limitation, any adversary proceeding, contested matter or motion brought by Bank or any other person) relating to any Borrower or any other person or entity.

 

6.2 Obligations Joint and Several. Should more than one person or entity sign this Note as a Borrower, the obligations of each such Borrower shall be joint and several.

 

6.3 Governing Law. This Note shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Note as of the date first written above.

 

SYMMETRICOM, INC.

 

 

By:

/s/ William Slater

 

 

William Slater, Chief Financial Officer

 

3


EX-10.41 4 a05-13094_1ex10d41.htm EX-10.41

Exhibit 10.41

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of June 1, 2005, by and between SYMMETRICOM, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), and WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (“Bank”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, Borrower is currently indebted to Bank pursuant to the terms and conditions of that certain Credit Agreement between Borrower and Bank dated as of May 1, 2004, as amended from time to time (“Credit Agreement”).

 

WHEREAS, Bank and Borrower have agreed to certain changes in the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement and have agreed to amend the Credit Agreement to reflect said changes.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree that the Credit Agreement shall be amended as follows:

 

Section 1.1 (a) is hereby amended (a) by deleting “June 1, 2005” as the last day on which Bank will make advances under the Line of Credit, and by substituting for said date “November 1, 2006,” and (b) by deleting “Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00)” as the maximum principal amount available under the Line of Credit, and by substituting for said amount “Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00),” with such changes to be effective upon the execution and delivery to Bank of a promissory note dated as of June 1, 2005 (which promissory note shall replace and be deemed the Line of Credit Note defined in and made pursuant to the Credit Agreement) and all other contracts, instruments and documents required by Bank to evidence such change.

 

The third sentence of Section 1.1 (b) is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted therefore:

 

(b) No Letter of Credit shall have an expiration date subsequent to May 1, 2007.

 

Section 4.3 is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted therefore:

 

“SECTION 4.3 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  Provide to Bank all of the following, in form and detail satisfactory to Bank:

 

not later than 90 days after and as of the end of each fiscal year, a consolidated annual audited and unqualified financial statement of Borrower, prepared by a certified public accountant acceptable to Bank, to include balance sheet, income statement, statement of cash flows, management report, auditor’s report, all supporting schedules, and footnotes;

 

not later than 45 days after and as of the end of each quarter, a consolidated copy of the 10Q report of Borrower filed with the Securities Exchange Commission, prepared by a certified public accountant acceptable to Bank, to include balance sheet, income statement and statement of cash flows; and

 

from time to time such other information as Bank may reasonably request.”

 

Section 4.9 is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted therefore:

 

“SECTION 4.9 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  Maintain Borrower’s financial condition as follows using generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and used consistently with prior practices (except to the extent modified by definitions herein), with compliance determined commencing with Borrower’s financial statements for the period ending June 30, 2005:

 

Tangible Net Worth not at any time less than $125,000,000.00, with “Tangible Net Worth” defined as the aggregate of total stockholders’ equity plus subordinated debt less any intangible assets.

 

Quick Ratio not at any time less than 1.50 to 1.0, with “Quick Ratio” defined as the aggregate of unrestricted cash, unrestricted marketable securities and receivables convertible into cash divided by total current liabilities.

 

Pre-tax profit not less than $1.00 on a quarterly basis, determined as of each fiscal quarter end.”

 

Section 5.4 is hereby deleted in its entirety, and the following substituted therefore:

 

1



 

“SECTION 5.4    MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, TRANSFER OF ASSETS.

 

Merge into or consolidate with any other entity; make any substantial change in the nature of Borrower’s business as conducted as of the date hereof; acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any other entity other than entities in a similar business, provided that no individual entity acquisition shall have a transaction value in excess of $10,000,000; nor sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of all or a substantial or material portion of Borrower’s assets except in the ordinary course of its business.”

 

Except as specifically provided herein, all terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement remain in full force and effect, without waiver or modification.  All terms defined in the Credit Agreement shall have the same meaning when used in this Amendment.  This Amendment and the Credit Agreement shall be read together, as one document.

 

Borrower hereby remakes all representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement and reaffirms all covenants set forth therein.  Borrower further certifies that as of the date of this Amendment there exists no Event of Default as defined in the Credit Agreement, nor any condition, act or event which with the giving of notice or the passage of time or both would constitute any such Event of Default.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed as of the day and year first written above.

 

 

By:

/s/ William Slater

 

 

William Slater, Chief Financial Officer

 

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION

By:

/s/ Kevin Herr

 

 

Kevin Herr, Vice President

 

2


EX-21.1 5 a05-13094_1ex21d1.htm EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Registrant

 

Symmetricom, Ltd.

Symmetricom Puerto Rico, Inc.

Manufacturing Solutions Puerto Rico, Inc.

Symmetricom Hong Kong, Ltd.

Symmetricom Global Services, Inc.

Symmetricom GmbH

Telecom Solutions, Inc. (inactive)

Analog Solutions, Inc. (inactive)

TrueTime, Inc. (inactive)

 


EX-23.1 6 a05-13094_1ex23d1.htm EX-23.1

EXHIBIT 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-57163, 333-00333, 333-21815, 333-47369, 333-68969, 333-82935, 333-38616, 333-53180, 333-97599, 333-101440, and 333-100755 of Symmetricom, Inc. on Form S-8 of our reports dated September 9, 2005, relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of Symmetricom, Inc. and management’s report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Symmetricom, Inc. for the year ended June 30, 2005.

 

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

 

San Jose, California
September 9, 2005

 


EX-31 7 a05-13094_1ex31.htm EX-31

EXHIBIT 31

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

I, Thomas W. Steipp, certify that:

 

1.             I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Symmetricom, Inc.;

 

2.             Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.             Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.             The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) for the registrant and have:

 

a)             Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)            Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)             Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)            Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.             The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)             All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)            Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: September 12, 2005

 

 

 

 

/s/

THOMAS W. STEIPP

 

 

Thomas W. Steipp

 

Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

 



 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

I, William Slater, certify that:

 

1.             I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Symmetricom, Inc.;

 

2.             Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.             Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.             The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)  for the registrant and have:

 

a)             Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b)            Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)             Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)            Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.             The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)             All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)            Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: September 12, 2005

 

 

 

 

/s/

WILLIAM SLATER

 

 

William Slater

 

Chief Financial Officer and Secretary (Principal
Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

2


EX-32 8 a05-13094_1ex32.htm EX-32

Exhibit 32

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of Symmetricom, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) hereby certifies, to such officer’s knowledge, that:

 

(i)            the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

(ii)           the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: September 12, 2005

 

 

 

 

/s/

THOMAS W. STEIPP

 

Thomas W. Steipp
Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

 

* * * * *

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer

 

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as created by Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned officer of Symmetricom, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) hereby certifies, to such officer’s knowledge, that:

 

(i)            the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or Section 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

(ii)           the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: September 12, 2005

 

 

 

 

/s/

WILLIAM SLATER

 

William Slater
Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 


-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----